Quarterlytics / Beverages - Non-Alcoholic / A.G. BARR

A.G. BARR

bag · LSE
Claim this profile
Ticker bag
Exchange LSE
Sector
Industry Beverages - Non-Alcoholic
Employees 501-1000
← All annual reports
FY2015 Annual Report · A.G. BARR
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
 BUILDING BRANDS
THAT PEOPLE LOVE

A.G. BARR P.L.C.  ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS JANUARY 2015

A

.

G

.

B

A

R

R

P.

L

.

C

.

A

N

N

U

A

L

R

E

P

O

R

T

A

N

D

A

C

C

O

U

N

T

S

J

A

N

U

A

R

Y

2

0

1

5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
WE ARE A BRANDED 
SOFT DRINKS BUSINESS
MAKING, MARKETING AND
SELLING SOME OF THE 
U.K.’S BEST LOVED SOFT 
DRINKS BRANDS. 

Strategic Report
I am pleased to present the Group’s 
Strategic Report for the year ended 
25 January 2015, which is set  
out on pages 1 to 37, provides a 
comprehensive review of the Group’s 
business model and operations, strategy 
and performance. The Strategic Report 
incorporates the Chairman’s Statement, 
Chief Executive’s Review, Financial 
Review, Corporate Social Responsibility 
Review and Risks and Uncertainties. 

The full contents are set out below: 

1. Chairman’s Statement
2. Business Model
3. Key Performance Indicators
4. Chief Executive’s Operational Review
5. Financial Review
6. Principal Risks and Uncertainties
7. Corporate Responsibility

Roger White 
Chief Executive 
24 March 2015

STRATEGIC REPORT  01-37Highlights of the year 01Chairman’s Statement 08Business Model 10Key Performance Indicators 12 Chief Executive’s Operational Review 14Financial Review 22Principal Risks and Uncertainties 26Corporate Responsibility 30CORPORATE GOVERNANCE  38-78Board of Directors 38Directors’ Report 40Corporate Governance Report 45Audit Committee Report 51 Directors’ Remuneration Report 54Directors’ Statement 78ACCOUNTS  79-134 Independent Auditor’s Report to  the Members of A.G. BARR p.l.c. Only 79Consolidated Income Statement 81 Statement of Comprehensive Income 82Statement of Changes in Equity 83Statements of Financial Position 85Cash Flow Statements 86Notes to the Accounts 87Review of Trading Results 126Notice of Annual General Meeting 127Highlights of the year
Building Britain’s best loved brands

WE HAVE DELIVERED AN EXCELLENT 
FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE IN DIFFICULT 
MARKET CONDITIONS OVER THE PAST 
12 MONTHS, WHILST CONTINUING TO BUILD 
THE PLATFORM REQUIRED FOR SUSTAINED 
AND PROFITABLE LONG-TERM GROWTH.

Turnover

£260.9m
+2.7%

Increased underlying  
earnings per share

28.25p
+4.6%

Free cash flow

£40.6m
+7.7%

Profit before tax  
(pre-exceptional items)

£41.9m
+10.0%

See page 13 and page 100 for the definitions of these measures.

01

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015 
 
 
 
 
 
IRN-BRU

IRN-BRU AT THE GLASGOW 2014 
COMMONWEALTH GAMES 

Over 9.5m U.K. viewers watched  
the Glasgow 2014 Commonwealth  
Games Opening Ceremony on  
23 July 2014, which featured a giant 
Forth Road Bridge made from  
IRN-BRU cans.

02

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015SUGAR FREE IRN-BRU

NEW IRN-BRU 
SUGAR FREE DESIGN

IRN-BRU Sugar Free was 
redesigned in February 2014  
to bring it much closer into line  
with IRN-BRU.

03

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015STRATHMORE

DO MORE WITH
STRATHMORE

As official water of the  
Glasgow 2014 Commonwealth Games, 
Strathmore was visible on the field  
of play at all venues and was widely 
used by athletes, games staff  
and supporters.

04

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015RUBICON

DEVELOPING MASS 
APPEAL FOR A NICHE 
PRODUCT

Rubicon delivered a solid performance 
in the year with growth of 3.4%, 
benefiting from increased brand 
investment as we continue to  
drive the brand into mainstream 
customer repertoires.

05

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015BARR FLAVOURS

FIZZING WITH
FLAVOUR

The Barr range of flavoured carbonates 
grew by over 6% in the year, driven by a 
combination of innovation, quality and 
value for money. This year saw the 
successful launch of Barr Xtra Cola.

06

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015ROCKSTAR & SNAPPLE

DEVELOPING AND ENHANCING 
OUR PARTNERSHIPS

Rockstar continues to lead the way  
in new concepts in addition to new flavours, 
with the launch of Rockstar Energy Waters.

We announced a new partnership  
with Dr Pepper Snapple Group during  
the year to develop the Snapple brand  
in the U.K. and into Europe.

07

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015OUR RESULTS REFLECT THE 
BENEFITS OF A CLEAR STRATEGY,
EXCELLENT EXECUTION, 
DIFFERENTIATED BRANDS AND 
A COMMITTED AND TALENTED
MANAGEMENT TEAM.

JOHN R. NICOLSON, CHAIRMAN

08

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015Chairman’s Statement
John R. Nicolson

PROSPECTS
Whilst we continue to operate in a challenging 
environment, I am confident that we have  
the strategy and the executional ability to 
continue to deliver long-term sustainable 
shareholder value and I look forward to 
reporting on our Company’s progress to our 
shareholders and wider stakeholder group.

John R. Nicolson
Chairman

In my first statement as Chairman  
I am pleased to report a further year of 
excellent business performance, with 
double digit, before tax, profit growth and 
sales revenue growth well ahead of the 
total soft drinks market performance. 
These results reflect the benefits of  
a clear strategy, excellent execution, 
differentiated brands and a committed 
and talented management team.

Over the course of the last 12 months,  
the business has continued to make 
significant progress. As you can see from 
the financial highlights the business has had 
a strong year, driving growth through its well 
supported brands, improving margins and 
building assets, while improving systems 
and processes to ensure long-term success. 
In addition, we have developed our portfolio 
into areas where we believe there is real 
long-term strategic value, such as our move 
into the cocktail mixer sector with the recent 
acquisition of Funkin Limited and our newly 
forged Snapple brand partnership with  
Dr Pepper Snapple Group.

There continues to be a considerable 
amount of change and improvement  
across the business as we strive to stay 
ahead in what has been, and continues  
to be, a fiercely competitive marketplace.

DIVIDEND
The Board is pleased to recommend a final 
dividend of 9.01p per share to give a total 
dividend for the year of 12.12p per share, a 
full year increase of 10.0% on the prior year. 

BOARD
Ronnie Hanna stepped down on 31 December 
2014 after serving 11 years on the Board, 
with over 5 years as Chairman. I would  
like to take this opportunity to record our 
sincere thanks to Ronnie for his stewardship 
of the Board over this period of significant 
progress and success.

I am pleased to confirm that David Ritchie, 
CEO of Bovis Homes Group PLC, will join 
the Board from April 2015. David is an 
experienced and successful CEO who will 
bring a new and valuable perspective to our 
already strong Board. We will continue to 
strengthen our Board over the course of the 
next 12 months and expect to bring further 
capability, competence and experience to 
our Boardroom.

In addition, I would like to recognise the 
commitment and contribution from all our 
employees, and thank them on behalf of  
the Board for delivering such a strong set  
of financial results.

09

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015Business Model

DELIVERING LONG TERM 
SUSTAINABLE VALUE

OUR OBJECTIVE IS TO DELIVER  
LONG TERM SUSTAINABLE VALUE  
IN ALL WE DO. 
To do this, the building blocks are:
 > Understanding real consumer needs  
and tastes such that we build brands 
and develop innovations to satisfy them;

 > Focusing on our core brands;
 > Delivering excellence in execution;
 > Driving efficiency across the  

supply chain;

 > Developing the team;
 > Building long lasting customer 

relationships;

 > We do the right thing;

Building brands that consumers love.

Strong business fundamentals  
allow us to focus on growth
Our business is financially well positioned  
to grow. We operate within an expandable 
consumption market with powerful brands, 
differentiated products and important 
positions within our core consumers’ 
repertoires.

Our business model allows us to focus on 
creating and delivering value in all we do.  
By owning our brands, being asset backed, 
with multiple routes to market, and having a 
strong execution culture, we seek to outgrow 
the market as well as build our business. 
Consumer insight drives our business.

Our aim is to understand real consumer 
needs and tastes. Our consumer base is 
growing in number, location and diversity. 
We aim to build long term relationships with 
all our consumers through our brands by 
appealing to both traditional and new tastes 
as well as by bringing exciting innovation to 
the market. We believe people want choice 
and we aim to build brands and develop 
innovation which meets this need.

GROWING OUR BRANDS  
ACROSS THE U.K.

Head Office
01  Cumbernauld

Sales and  
Administration  
Offices
01  Cumbernauld
04  Middlebrook
08  Wembley

Sales Branches
03  Newcastle
05  Moston
06  Sheffield
07  Wednesbury
09  Walthamstow

Supply Chain Sites
01  Cumbernauld
02  Forfar
10 

 Milton Keynes

Our Brands
IRN-BRU, Rubicon, Barr Brands,  
KA, Strathmore, Simply, Tizer, D’N’B,  
St. Clement’s, Abbott’s.

Partnership Brands
Rockstar, Snapple.

10

02

01

03

06

04 05

07

10

08

09

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015FOCUS ON  
CORE BRANDS 
We have developed a wide brand portfolio 
and believe in offering choice. We have 
directed much of our efforts to focus on  
our core brand offerings – IRN-BRU, BARR, 
Strathmore, our exotic brands Rubicon  
and KA and our franchise partner brands 
Rockstar and Snapple.

By focusing our efforts on these core 
brands, we have been able to speed up the 
development of this group of brands with 
improved sales execution, better supported 
communication and improved innovation  
to market. We believe our core brands will 
drive our long term business growth.

EXCELLENCE  
IN EXECUTION 
Turning plans into actions as efficiently  
and effectively as possible is a key factor  
in our success. From factory operations to 
activity at the point of consumer purchase 
we aim to excel in the execution of our 
plans. We have invested significantly in  
our customer facing teams to ensure our 
brand led activity is activated in all channels 
creating interest, excitement and visibility  
of our brands and helping to leverage the 
consumer marketing campaigns which  
drive brand awareness.

EFFICIENCY ACROSS 
THE SUPPLY CHAIN
To ensure we can compete in today’s 
marketplace we must strive for efficiency 
across our full supply chain. We invest in  
all areas of efficiency from the sourcing  
of materials across the globe, the design  
of our packaging materials through to our 
manufacturing and distribution facilities 
across the U.K.

ENVISAGED, ENABLED, 
ENERGISED
Throughout our business we rely on both 
individual and team performance; our aim  
is to build competency, capability and 
leadership across the business. The pace of 
growth and change in our markets demands 
much of everyone and we will continue to 
invest in developing all our people as well  
as encouraging people to successfully use 
their initiative.

LONG LASTING 
CUSTOMER 
RELATIONSHIPS 
Building long lasting relationships with 
customers in all channels across all our key 
markets is central to building our business 
for the long term. Our aim is to understand 
all our customers’ businesses and work  
in collaboration with them to find winning 
consumer propositions but to do so in  
a practical, fun and profitable way.

DOING THE  
RIGHT THING
Our Corporate Responsibility actions across 
the environment, people, consumers and 
community are a big part of our business. 
We believe that how we act reflects who  
we are. Our aim is to ensure we always  
‘Do the Right Thing’ across the business.

We are providing support and guidance  
but also autonomy to individuals, teams  
and sites across the business to ensure 
they can ‘Do the Right Thing’ every day.

11

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015Business ModelContinuedKey Performance Indicators

CREATING AND MAXIMISING  
OUR BRAND EQUITY

THE PRINCIPAL KEY PERFORMANCE 
INDICATORS USED BY MANAGEMENT 
IN ASSESSING THE PERFORMANCE OF 
THE GROUP ARE AS FOLLOWS:

Turnover Growth

2.7%

Gross Margin

47.3%

Operating Profit Margin

EBITDA Margin

16.1%

18.8%

45.7

47.3

20%

15%

15.1

16.1

6.9

2.7

50%

40%

30%

20%

10%

8%

6%

4%

2%

0

2014

2015

0

2014

2015

2014

2015

10%

5%

0

12

20%

15%

10%

5%

0

17.8

18.8

2014

2015

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015Key Performance Indicators 
Continued

PERFORMANCE HIGHLIGHTS

Turnover Growth
The increase in value of revenue recorded  
in the period relative to the prior period.

Free Cash Flow
Net cash flow excluding the movements in 
borrowings, shares, dividend payments and 
non-cash exceptional items. A reconciliation 
from operating profit before exceptionals to 
free cash flow is provided on page 25.

Net Debt/EBITDA
The ratio of aggregate amount of all 
obligations in respect of period end 
consolidated gross borrowings to  
reported EBITDA.

Average Realised Price
The average revenue per case sold.  
Gross Margin Revenue less material  
costs and production related costs,  
divided by revenue.

Operating Profit Margin
Operating profit before exceptional items 
and before the deduction of interest and 
taxation, divided by revenue.

EBITDA Margin
EBITDA (defined as profit on ordinary 
activities before tax less exceptional  
items, adding back interest, depreciation, 
amortisation and impairment), divided  
by revenue.

Return on Capital
Employed Operating profit before exceptional 
items as a percentage of invested capital. 
Invested capital is defined as period end 
non-current plus current assets less current 
liabilities excluding all balances relating  
to any provisions, financial instruments,  
interest-bearing liabilities and cash or  
cash equivalents.

Interest Cover
The ratio of EBITA (EBITDA less depreciation) 
relative to finance charges in respect of the 
relevant period.

Market Growth 
Nielsen market growth summaries reported 
in terms of volume and value by major 
product category and geography.

Market Share 
Nielsen market share summaries reported  
in terms of volume and value by major  
brand and geography.

Reportable Accidents 
The moving average total of reportable 
accidents in a period, together with  
the number of lost time accidents  
and near misses.

Free Cash Flow

£40.6m

Return on Capital Employed

24.0%

Profit Before Tax and 
Exceptional Items

£41.9m

37.7

40.6

£50m

£40m

£30m

£20m

£10m

0

2014

2015

25%

20%

15%

10%

5%

0

22.4

24.0

41.9

38.1

£50m

£40m

£30m

£20m

£10m

2014

2015

0

2014

2015

13

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015Chief Executive’s Operational Review
Roger White

Over the past 12 months we have 
successfully executed our proven 
strategy and business model, delivering 
against our consistent objective of 
creating sustainable shareholder value.

Our revenue growth in the 12 months to 
25 January 2015 was 2.7%, comfortably 
out-performing a more lacklustre total  
soft drinks market.

Pre-tax profit, before exceptional items, 
increased by 10.0% with enhanced 
operating margins as we benefited from  
the structural operating improvements 
which we have made in our supply chain 
and further overhead cost control, as well 
as a more benign cost of goods environment. 
Alongside our cost control actions, we have 
continued to invest in our long-term success 
with significant capital investments in our 
operating infrastructure and continued high 
levels of investment in our core brand equities, 
innovation and executional capability.

MARKET PERFORMANCE
The U.K. soft drinks market, as measured  
by Nielsen, entered a deflationary phase 
towards the end of the year, however  
across our full reporting period the market 
experienced 0.2% volume decline and 0.4% 
value growth. The market has seen a number 
of important developments over the past  
12 months, with year-on-year comparative 
figures impacted, in part, by exceptionally 
warm weather in the prior year. In volume 
terms, carbonates declined by 1.3% following 
strong growth in the previous year, however 

carbonates grew value by 1.0%. The still 
category experienced volume growth of  
0.8% with marginal decline in value of 0.2%.

Once again the overall market was driven  
by the performance of the water category 
which has overtaken cola to become the 
largest single category by volume for  
the first time. The energy sub-category 
continued to grow value at 4.1% and the 
fruit drinks category also grew, however 
significant declines continued in fruit juice, 
dilutes and sports drinks categories.

There is no doubt that consumer 
preferences are changing within the total 
soft drinks category. Areas where traditional 
growth has been available are now proving 
more difficult to generate growth making 
differentiated brands and appealing to 
consumers more important than ever.

Against this market backdrop, we are 
pleased to report that all of our core  
brands have grown in the period. The still 
category has delivered a particularly strong 
performance with growth of 5.7%, driven by 
over 20% growth in the Strathmore brand 
and Snapple which, although relatively 
small in total revenue terms, grew by 35%. 
Our carbonates performance was robust, 
with growth well ahead of the market in 
IRN-BRU Sugar Free, Rubicon and Barr. 
This year Rockstar grew more in line with 
the energy market at 5.2%, following  
the very significant growth of 60% in  
the prior year.

OUR STRATEGY
We have further developed our strategy 
during the period, focusing on growth 
opportunities within the market, however our 
business model remains firmly underpinned 
by our overriding objective to create value 
for shareholders. Our key areas of strategic 
focus remain:
 – Core brands and markets;
 – Brand portfolio;
 – Route to market;
 – Partnerships;
 – Efficient operations;
 – People development; and
 – Sustainability and responsibility.

During the year we have continued to 
develop our internal “Fit for the Future” 
programme with the clear aim of supporting 
our overall growth ambitions through the 
prioritisation and execution of key business 
improvement and development projects. 
Multiple initiatives and projects have been 
successfully delivered over the past 12 
months across our areas of strategic focus 
and there is now significant momentum in 
terms of change across all areas of the 
business as we continue this targeted 
development activity. 

14

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015WE HAVE SUCCESSFULLY EXECUTED 
OUR PROVEN STRATEGY AND 
BUSINESS MODEL, DELIVERING 
AGAINST OUR CONSISTENT OBJECTIVE
OF CREATING SUSTAINABLE
SHAREHOLDER VALUE.

ROGER WHITE, CHIEF EXECUTIVE

15

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015Chief Executive’s Operational Review
Continued

WE SET OUT IN 2014 TO GROW 
OUR SUGAR FREE BRANDS 
AHEAD OF OUR TOTAL 
GROWTH AND WE HAVE 
SUCCESSFULLY DELIVERED 
AGAINST THIS OBJECTIVE.

CORE BRANDS, MARKETS  
AND INNOVATION
Our portfolio performance was well 
balanced last year, with growth across  
all of our core brands. This balanced 
performance continued across our 
geographical development platform, with 
growth across all of our core operating 
markets – Scotland, the “rest of the U.K.” 
and internationally. Sales in England and 
Wales, which now account for almost 60% 
of our business’s total revenues, grew by 
3.5% and international sales grew by 7.9%. 
Our position in Scotland remains extremely 
strong and we grew sales by 1.2%, however 
our significant future growth potential lies  
in the “rest of the U.K.” and increasingly  
in the high potential international segment 
of our business.

IRN-BRU
Total IRN-BRU invoiced sales grew by  
1.6% (including frozen) with Sugar Free 
contributing strongly to this growth. The 
IRN-BRU brand benefited significantly from 
our successful sponsorship of the Glasgow 
2014 Commonwealth Games, where  
we directed much of our brand activity, 
promotion and consumer communication. 
The Games activity created very positive 
consumer engagement, with the role of 
social media and consumer-driven contact 
playing an increasingly important part in the 
ongoing development of our brand equity.

In the period, we sold just under £1m of 
IRN-BRU ice cream, further strengthening 
the link between the brand and core 
consumers.

IRN-BRU ice cream
In January 2014, IRN-BRU ice cream  
was launched with phenomenal success. 
Almost £1m of IRN-BRU ice cream has  
been sold in its first year. 

16

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015Chief Executive’s Operational Review
Continued

Of particular note was the performance of 
IRN-BRU in England and Wales, specifically 
in the North East, Lancashire and Yorkshire 
regions. Sales across England and Wales  
in total increased by 5.6%, with Sugar  
Free growing by over 20% in this market. 
We have been successful in our strategy to 
develop IRN-BRU in the north of England 
and now plan to target increased levels of 
distribution and brand awareness further 
into England and Wales in 2015.

We set out in 2014 to grow our Sugar Free 
brands ahead of our total growth and we have 
successfully delivered against this objective. 
In addition, we have reduced the total sugar 
content per 100ml of our Company-owned 
brands at a rate in excess of our Government 
Responsibility Deal pledge. We will continue 
to drive our innovation, product and portfolio 
development plans such that we continue to 
deliver against our Responsibility Deal targets 
going forward.

Exotics – Rubicon and KA
The market performance of fruit juice has 
been poor across the last 12 months, with 
significant declines in the biggest brands 
leading to intense promotional activity  
and pricing.

Within this context Rubicon has delivered  
a further solid performance in the year with 
growth of 3.4%. Across the Rubicon portfolio, 
carbonates have delivered a more robust 
performance, growing by 8.1%, with a 1.5% 
growth in stills reflecting the challenges of  
the total juice market. Rubicon has benefited 
from increased brand investment as we 
continue to drive the brand into mainstream 
consumer repertoires. Innovation is also  
a key platform for Rubicon’s long-term 
growth potential – in the period we launched 
Coconut Water, which continues to develop 
as a sub-category/flavour, and in January 
2015 we launched the Rubicon brand into  
the chilled category. 

This move into chilled broadens our Rubicon 
brand appeal into wider shopping occasions 
and attracts new consumers, some of whom 
only drink chilled juice and juice drinks. Our 
chilled Rubicon offering is available in Mango, 
Guava and Lychee and will be supported  
by specific brand and market facing 
consumer activity.

‘Cheer We Go’
In the Spring we ran our major on pack 
promotion activity behind the Glasgow 2014 
Commonwealth Games. Over 160,000 entries 
were received, of which a third came from 
outside of Scotland. There were over 15,000 
winners, including 500 lucky consumers who 
won VIP tickets to some of the events. 

Team Scotland athletes were presented with 
IRN-BRU Lucky Socks to help them on their 
way. Medal winning athletes were presented  
to the crowds in Glasgow from the roof of the 
IRN-BRU shop. 

17

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015Chief Executive’s Operational Review
Continued

Barr and Strathmore
The Barr range of flavoured carbonates 
continues to grow steadily year-on-year, 
driven by a combination of innovation, 
quality and value for money. With sales 
growth of over 6%, it remains comfortably 
ahead of the carbonates market growth.  
In the period, the successful launch of  
Xtra Cola, and the further development  
of new flavours and formats, all helped  
to underpin a strong performance.

Strathmore had an outstanding year with 
growth of over 20%. The development of 
the brand was supported by the huge level 
of awareness driven by our Glasgow 2014 
Commonwealth Games sponsorship, in 
particular the availability of Strathmore in 
the “field of play”, with athletes from around 
the Commonwealth enjoying and interacting 
with the brand across the whole event. 
Subsequently, we have strengthened  
the Strathmore brand’s association with 
sport through our new partnership with 
Scottish Rugby, driving even greater  
brand awareness. In combination with  
this, we successfully launched Strathmore 
Twist into the growing flavoured water 
category and expect this element of the 
brand mix to show strong future growth.

PARTNERSHIPS
During the last year we have further 
developed and enhanced our partnerships. 
Rockstar continued to grow in line with the 
market following the prior year’s outstanding 
growth performance. Innovation remains the 
lifeblood of growth in this fast moving and 
fashion-conscious category. Rockstar 
continues to lead the way with new 
concepts, such as the recently launched 
Rockstar Energy Waters, combining the two 
key growth categories of flavoured water 
and energy. We have also recently extended 
our partnership with Rockstar on a territory 
basis into Scandinavia. We will combine our 
brands with Rockstar in these smaller, high 
potential markets, applying our successful 
partnership approach to build this portfolio.

Rockstar Energy Water
Rockstar launched the U.K.’s first energy 
water in January 2015, which delivers a full 
hit of energy from natural sources, but with 
a lighter taste and lower calorie content.

18

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015DURING THE LAST 
YEAR WE HAVE FURTHER 
DEVELOPED AND ENHANCED 
OUR PARTNERSHIPS.

Chief Executive’s Operational Review
Continued

As previously reported, the Orangina brand 
exited our brand portfolio in July 2014.

In September 2014, we were delighted to 
announce a new partnership with Dr Pepper 
Snapple Group (DPSG) to develop the 
Snapple brand in the U.K. and on a wider 
European basis. The brand management 
transferred to A.G. BARR in January 2015 
and we are very positive regarding its 
potential. Last year, A.G. BARR’s Snapple 
sales in the U.K. grew by 35%, albeit from a 
small base. The Snapple brand represents an 
opportunity to drive profitable growth across 
a number of markets and this, combined with 
our existing portfolio of brands focussed 
outside the U.K., provides us with exciting 
opportunities for new growth. 

ROUTE TO MARKET
The U.K. retail market is going through 
significant change, with competition 
between outlets and channels growing and 
increasingly overlapping. We have focused 
on driving our “go to market” strategy 
across a wide platform and we continue to 
develop our capability and competence to 
ensure we can manage multiple channels 
and the increasingly diverse routes to 
market required to be successful in our 
marketplace. We are investing in flexibility, 
technology, assets and people to allow us to 
compete successfully on as broad a front as 
possible. We continue to believe that, above 
all, in-market execution is vitally important in 
ensuring we deliver sustainable growth. 

Strathmore
Inspiring the nation to ‘Do More’ 
Strathmore inspired the nation to get  
active with its ‘Do More’ campaign. The brand 
worked together with three Team Scotland 
ambassadors, all of whom were medal winners.

19

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015Chief Executive’s Operational Review
Continued

It is also worth noting that we exited our 
non-core water cooler business in the 
second half of the year, which was sold  
to Eden Springs UK Ltd, realising a small 
gain on the sale of the business. We have 
subsequently exited the Findlays bottling 
site at Pitcox, East Lothian.

We have continued to drive improvement  
in our core supply chain, with the recent 
relocation and redevelopment of our supply 
chain planning team to our Cumbernauld site, 
and we expect to see further inventory and 
service improvements in the coming year.

Our net capital investment expenditure in 
the period was £18.0m and we expect to 
continue to invest in growth related capital 
projects to support our existing business 
development plans.

EFFICIENT OPERATIONS
It has been an exciting and challenging  
year for A.G. BARR, with significant internal 
change to manage. The investment in carton 
packaging facilities at our Milton Keynes 
site, and the consequential impact on our 
Tredegar site, have been well handled. Our 
new carton facilities at Milton Keynes are 
well into the commissioning phase and the 
project has been delivered on time and to 
budget. As a result, the Tredegar site closed 
in the first week of February 2015. The team 
at Tredegar performed exceptionally well 
over the last few months of 2014/15, 
delivering strong operating performance 
right up to the closure date. We are very 
grateful to the entire Tredegar team for their 
efforts during this difficult period. Milton 
Keynes is now growing strongly, with a 
combination of packaging formats and 
processes combining with an expanding 
team to give us an efficient platform for 
future growth. The Milton Keynes facility,  
in combination with the strong operating 
performance of our other sites, will allow  
us to improve our overall operating cost 
base and efficiency even further.

PEOPLE, SUSTAINABILITY  
AND RESPONSIBILITY
The entire team at A.G. BARR has 
responded positively to the challenges  
of our dynamic marketplace. We continue  
to invest in development across our 
organisation, promoting from within where 
possible, as well as building competence 
with new team members from outside the 
business to ensure we are fit to meet the 
challenges of the future.

A significant amount of our internal 
management effort has been focused  
on our Business Process Redesign (BPR) 
project. This will provide a system and 
process platform to allow the business  
to efficiently and sustainably grow for the 
long-term. This project has involved many 
key individuals seconded to the project for 
12 to 18 months and we are now reaching 
the important delivery phase with a June 
2015 go-live plan. Providing a quality 
solution is paramount but de-risking is 
fundamental to the project’s success and, 
as we enter the next phase of this important 
project, we will ensure risk minimisation is 
at the forefront of our plans.

Barr Xtra Cola
Barr Xtra Cola launched in Spring 2014 and 
was the Official Cola of the Glasgow 2014 
Commonwealth Games. The event was  
used to promote and sample the brands  
‘Big on Taste, No Sugar’ message. 

20

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015Chief Executive’s Operational Review
Continued

FUNKIN ACQUISITION
We announced the acquisition of Funkin 
Limited on 2 February 2015 for an initial cash 
consideration of £16.5m plus up to a further 
£4.5m subject to the achievement of certain 
financial performance targets. The Funkin 
acquisition broadens and strengthens the 
A.G. BARR brand portfolio and moves the 
Group into a new segment of cocktail 
mixers. This is a small but significant step 
into a new, high growth sub-category of  
the drinks sector. It also provides further 
incremental growth potential for the Group, 
both in the U.K. and internationally, as well  
as the opportunity to enhance our position  
in the on-trade and hotel, restaurant and  
café hospitality market segments.

Safety remains at the heart of all of our 
operations and we have made significant 
progress in improving our overall 
management reporting and the direction  
of our longer-term safety planning and 
performance within the Group. We have 
integrated the management of safety, quality 
and environment under one team to ensure 
higher levels of management control and 
support across our operations in the future.
As previously mentioned, we have made 
excellent progress across 2014/15 towards 
our Responsibility Deal goals. In addition  
we have now moved to the non-mandatory 
traffic light front of pack labelling system  
to ensure consumers are provided with  
the clearest possible guidance as to the 
nutritional content of our drinks. We believe 
in being responsible across all fronts of our 
business and will continue our development 
with this at the heart of all of our plans.

SUMMARY
We have delivered an excellent financial 
performance in difficult market conditions 
over the past 12 months, whilst continuing 
to build the platform required for sustained 
and profitable long-term growth. Looking 
forward, we will continue our dual track 
approach of tight cost control, rigorous 
cash management and focus on execution 
at the same time as we invest for the 
long-term in our brands, assets and people.

Overall market conditions are expected  
to remain challenging. The U.K. soft drinks 
market is currently experiencing a period  
of price deflation which will, if sustained, 
make it more difficult for many businesses 
to deliver the top line growth of recent 
years. Whilst our year has started slowly, 
reflecting tough comparative trading and 
promotional phasing, we are confident that 
our management actions, combined with 
our proven business model, will enable us 
to further unlock the significant potential 
that A.G. BARR offers its shareholders this 
year and into the future.

Roger A. White
Chief Executive 

Rubicon
A new Rubicon advertising campaign  
was launched in March 2014. The national 
campaign ran on ethnic TV channels and 
on digital, celebrating the unique role of 
Rubicon in Asian family life.
Over the summer Rubicon was present  
at a number of the major city Melas, giving 
out over 120,000 samples to consumers. 

21

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015TWELVE CONSECUTIVE 
YEARS OF PROFIT GROWTH 
DEMONSTRATES THE SUCCESS 
OF A SIMPLE, WELL EXECUTED 
BUSINESS MODEL. 

STUART LORIMER, FINANCE DIRECTOR

22

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015Financial Review
Stuart Lorimer

DELIVERING GROWTH  
IN REVENUE AND PROFIT

The Group’s track record of performance 
delivery and reputation for strong financial 
governance continues, with all key financial 
measures reporting improvement relative  
to the prior year: 
 – Revenue increased 2.7% to £260.9m; 
 – Net margin up 100bp to 16.1%;
 – Profit before tax (pre-exceptional items) 

up 10.0% to £41.9m; 

 – Free cash flow up £2.9m to £40.6m; 
 – Return on assets up 155bp to 24%; and
 – Underlying Earnings per Share (EPS) 

increasing to 28.25p.

The year to 25 January 2015 was an eventful 
one in which a well-executed Glasgow 2014 
Commonwealth Games campaign delivered 
brand equity gains and enabled us to lap 
the performance of the hot summer in the 
prior year. The Group has now achieved 12 
consecutive years of profit growth and five 
year top and bottom line compound annual 
growth of 6.5% (turnover) and 8.4% (profit 
before tax). 

These results demonstrate a well executed 
simple business model – we aim to sell more, 
for more, while making it for less, resulting in 
strong, sustainable financial results.

SEGMENT PERFORMANCE
The Group’s strategy remains unchanged – 
to drive distribution and market share 
growth across all segments of the business. 
The success of this strategy in the year has 
resulted in volume increases (up 2.1% to 
over 53m cases) and an overall £6.8m 
increase in total turnover. 

In a highly competitive market, our overall 
carbonates segment delivered modest 
year-on-year turnover growth of 0.2% 
(£0.4m), with volume growing by 0.4%  
and value decreasing by 0.2%. All of the 
A.G. BARR core brands grew volume, 

however our portfolio brands (Orangina,  
KA, D’N’B) did experience some declines. 
Removing the impact of the Orangina 
contract, our carbonates grew 0.8% in 
volume, 2.3% in revenue and delivered 
strong gross margin gains supported  
by lower material costs and supply  
chain efficiencies.

The stills (still drinks and water) segment 
delivered year-on-year turnover growth  
of 5.7%, with volume growing by 8%.  
Value decreased by 2.2%, a combination  
of market pricing pressure and adverse 
category/product mix (water growing faster 
than stills and PET growing faster than 
glass). In absolute terms, the increase  
in stills equated to additional turnover  
of £3.1m. 

The others segment is distorted this  
year with the inclusion of Orangina  
contract packaging.

All subsequent comparisons exclude  
the effect of exceptional items.

MARGINS
We continue to offset intense competitor 
promotional activity by the combination of 
operational gains, tight cost control, capital 
investment driven efficiency and favourable 
commodity markets.

Carbonates gross margins improved by 
1.5pp to 51.6% as the benefits of mix and 
lower input costs came through, with cash 
margins increasing by 2.7%. Within stills, 
the benefits were more modest, with gross 
margins broadly flat at 29.8% (prior year 
29.7%). Overall gross profit increased by 
£7.2m (6.2%) versus 2013/14 and by £7.4m 
on a like-for-like basis (excluding Orangina), 
delivering an impressive 1.6pp increase in 
gross margins to 47.3%.

As we look ahead, we consistently review 
the outlook on commodity costs, locking  
in pricing when we consider it optimal. 

Sales CAGR* (£’m)

+6.5%

PBT CAGR* (£’m)

+8.4%

280

240

200

160

120

80

40

0

254

261

238

223

209

190

Jan 2010

Jan 2011

Jan 2012

Jan 2013

Jan 2014

Jan 2015

* CAGR –Compound Annual Growth Rate.

23

45

40

35

30

25

20

15

10

5

0

41.9

38.1

34.8

32.9

31.1

28.0

Jan 2010

Jan 2011

Jan 2012

Jan 2013

Jan 2014

Jan 2015

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015Financial Review
Continued

BALANCE SHEET 
The Group’s balance sheet strengthened 
marginally over the 12 month period to 
25 January 2015 with overall net assets 
growth of 1% to £156.5m. Significant 
expansionary capital expenditure was  
offset by the recognition of an IAS 19 
pension adjustment.

The key balance sheet highlights can be 
summarised as:
 – ROCE increased to 24.0%, an increase  

of 155bp relative to the prior year;

 – Non-current assets increased by £10m 
as we near completion of both Milton 
Keynes Phase II and the implementation 
of our new ERP system;

 – Inventory increased by 4.5%, with 
average inventory days increasing  
from 42.5 to 44.5 in advance of the 
Tredegar site closure;

 – Trade receivable days increased by  

4 days to 69 days;

 – Trade payable days increased from  

25 days to 47 days, distorted by large 
capital creditors related to the installation 
of our new Tetrapak line at Milton Keynes; 

 – Total capital investment of £18.0m at 

6.9% of revenue;

 – Recognition of the triennial pension 

valuation – a £18.5m deficit reflecting  
the impact of historically low bond  
yields; and

 – A net cash position at year-end.

In the year ahead, expansion related capital 
expenditure is anticipated to continue, with 
the focus being on the further investment at 
Milton Keynes and the implementation of our 
new ERP system in June 2015 as well as the 
continued development of our asset base.

The post year-end acquisition of Funkin 
Limited was financed from an extension  
of existing bank facilities. We are well 
financed with significant facility headroom.

Below gross profit, administration and 
distribution costs increased by £4.3m 
(5.5%), reflecting our commitment to 
marketing investment, increased auto 
enrolment and other pension associated 
expenditure and higher employee related 
costs as our business has grown.

Profit improved at every level. EBITDA  
of £49.1m (up 8.7%) was generated in the 
period, representing an EBITDA margin  
of 18.8% while operating profit of £42.1m 
represented an increase of 9.5% on the 
prior year. Operating margins increased 
from 15.1% to 16.1%. Profit before tax 
increased by £3.8m, reflecting slightly  
lower average borrowing costs associated 
with the transition from a net debt to net 
cash position.

INTEREST
Net finance charges, which amounted to 
£0.2m, were £0.2m lower than in the prior 
year as operating net debt was eliminated. 
The constituent elements of the charge 
comprised:

Finance income
Finance costs

Interest related to  
Group borrowings

Finance income related  

to pension plans

Net finance costs

£000

59
(322)

(263)

44

(219)

TAXATION
The tax charge of £8.6m, after exceptional 
items, is £2.5m higher than the prior year 
and represents an effective tax rate of 
22.3%. This is an increase of 4.5pp from  
the prior year and reflects the absence  
of adjustments in relation to deferred tax 
rates that benefited prior years.

EARNINGS PER SHARE (EPS)
Underlying EPS, at 28.25p, improved by 
4.6% as the strong operational performance 
(PBIT up 9.5%) was diluted by the impact  
of the increased tax charge in relation to 
deferred tax as previously described.

CASH FLOW 
We generated £40.6m of free cash in 
2014/15 – up nearly £3m on the prior period, 
which itself was a record year. The increase 
was primarily attributable to the strong 
underlying EBITDA and lower exceptional 
cash outflows.

Inventories increased marginally due to 
increased sales and the decision to build 
stocks to mitigate risk ahead of the Tredegar 
site closure. Phasing of promotions and the 
success of the new IRN-BRU Tartan pack 
promotion contributed to a strong trading 
position at the end of the financial year and 
an unusually high trade debt and debtor 
days – aged debt is low. This increase in 
receivables was more than compensated  
for by the large increase in trade creditors 
driven by significant capital expenditure  
in the final quarter.

The Group utilises its cash appropriately and 
with care – more than £14m was invested  
in long-term assets (both infrastructure 
investment and the new ERP system) and 
£13m was distributed in dividends to our 
shareholders. The dividend paid in the  
prior year was significantly lower than the 
current year due to a £8.5m early distribution 
in 2012, paid in lieu of the final dividend.  
On a normalised basis the dividend  
payment was up 10%.

Shares with a net value of £1m were 
purchased on behalf of various employee 
benefit trusts to satisfy the ongoing 
requirements of the Group’s employee 
share schemes.

The Group closed the year with a net cash 
balance of £10.4m – £25.4m of cash offset 
by £15.1m of bank borrowings including 
overdrafts. The Group has sufficient 
banking facilities at its disposal to meet  
the expected future needs of the Group, 
including the post balance sheet acquisition 
of Funkin Limited.

During the period, the Group has not 
undertaken any interest rate hedging 
activity given the current net cash position, 
expectations on short term interest rates 
and future free cash generation. 

24

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015Free Cash flow Statement

Operating profit
Depreciation
Amortisation

EBITDA
(Increase)/decrease in inventories
(Increase)/decrease in receivables
Increase in payables
Movement in pension liability
Share options costs
Exceptional cash items
Gain on sale of property, plant and equipment

Net operating cash flow
Net interest
Taxation

Cash flow from operations
Maintenance capex

Free cash flow
Expansionary capex
Dividends
Acquisition of intangible assets
Net purchases of shares held in trust
Loans repaid (including arrangement fees)

Cash flow absorbed by financing
Increase in cash

Opening cash and cash equivalents
Closing cash and cash equivalents
Borrowings

Closing net surplus/(debt)

Financial Review
Continued

Year to 
25 Jan 15  

£000

Year to 
26 Jan 14  

£000

42,133
6,739
253

49,125
(715)
(4,424)
9,596
(845)
893
(1,714)
(119)

51,797
(223)
(7,031)

44,543
(3,928)

40,615
(6,980)
(13,051)
(7,063)
(1,009)
(80)

(28,183)
12,432

12,932
25,364
(15,000)

38,481
6,445
253

45,179
4,766
323
3,924
(172)
595
(5,045)
(86)

49,484
(417)
(7,696)

41,371
(3,646)

37,725
(9,635)
(3,304)
–
(1,211)
(10,040)

(24,190)
13,535

(603)
12,932
(15,000)

10,364

(2,068)

The defined benefit scheme is closed to 
new entrants but remains open to future 
accrual. As at the end of January 2015  
the IAS 19 deficit was valued at £18.5m,  
an £18.4m adverse movement from the  
prior year. The deficit has arisen from a 
significant increase in liabilities (£33.7m), 
more than offsetting continued growth in 
the asset base (£15.4m). The increase in 
liabilities is a result of a lower net discount 
rate being applied and an updating of 
demographic assumptions. The pension 
scheme commitments and risk position  
are under continual review as part of the 
Group’s ongoing strategic risk management 
framework and the Group believes that the 
overall pension deficit is supportable given 
the historically low gilt yields which underlie 
the liabilities valuation. 

SUMMARY
A robust financial performance with 
increased distribution and market share 
gains delivering growth in all our key 
financial metrics during the period and 
further cementing an already strong balance 
sheet. A net cash surplus and a strong  
free cash flow enabled us to continue our 
investment plans and at the same time 
increase dividends by 10%.

SHARE PRICE AND MARKET 
CAPITALISATION
At 25 January 2015 the closing share price 
for A.G. BARR p.l.c. was £6.25, an increase 
of 3% on the closing January 2014 position. 
The Group is a member of the FTSE 250, 
with a market capitalisation of £730m at  
the year end.

EXCEPTIONAL ITEMS
The Group incurred £3.3m of exceptional 
net charges before tax during the period. 
The majority relates to the reorganisation 
costs and asset impairment charges for the 
transfer of carton production to our new 
Milton Keynes site and the closure of our 
Tredegar operations. In addition, these 
charges include a number of smaller 
reorganisational projects implemented 
during the year.

PENSIONS
The Group continues to operate two 
pension plans, being the A.G. BARR p.l.c. 
(2005) Defined Contribution Pension 
Scheme and the A.G. BARR p.l.c. (2008) 
Pension and Life Assurance Scheme. The 
latter is a defined benefit scheme based on 
final salary, which also includes a defined 
contribution section for pension provision  
to senior managers.

Stuart Lorimer
Finance Director

25

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015Principal Risks and Uncertainties

IDENTIFYING, EVALUATING  
AND MANAGING RISK

THE GROUP’S RISK 
MANAGEMENT FRAMEWORK 
IS DESIGNED TO SUPPORT 
THIS PROCESS, GIVING 
VISIBILITY AND CONTROL 
OF BOTH FINANCIAL AND 
NON-FINANCIAL RISKS.

The responsibility for risk management 
across the Group resides with the Board. 
The Board uses a risk framework which  
is designed to support the process for 
identifying, evaluating and managing  
both financial and non-financial risks.

There is an ongoing process in place  
for identifying, evaluating and managing  
the significant risks faced by the Group, 
which has operated throughout the year. 
The Group’s risk management framework  
is designed to support this process, giving 
visibility and control of both financial and 
non-financial risks. This process involves  
review of the Group’s risk register by the 
Audit Committee. In line with best practice, 
the register includes an assessment of the 
impact and likelihood of each risk together 
with the controls in place to mitigate  
the risk.

Internal audit work is undertaken by an 
independent organisation who develop an 
annual internal audit plan having reviewed 
the Group’s risk register and following 
discussions with external auditors, 
management and members of the  
Audit Committee.

During the year the Audit Committee  
has reviewed reports covering the internal 
audit work. This has included assessment of 
the general control environment, identification 
of control weaknesses and quantification  
of any associated risk together with a review  
of the status of actions to mitigate these risks.

The Audit Committee has also received 
reports from management in relation to 
specific risk items together with reports 
from external auditors, who consider 
controls only to the extent necessary to 
form an opinion as to the truth and fairness 
of the financial statements. The system  
of internal control is designed to manage, 
rather than eliminate, the risk of failure to 
achieve business objectives and it must  
be recognised that it can only provide 
reasonable and not absolute assurance 
against material misstatement or loss.

The directors confirm that they have carried 
out a robust assessment of the principal 
risks facing the company, including those 
that would threaten its business model, 
future performance, solvency or liquidity.

The risks and corresponding mitigation  
set out below represent the principal 
uncertainties that the Board believes  
may impact the Group’s ability to deliver 
effectively its strategy.

26

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015Principal Risks and Uncertainties 
Continued

RISKS RELATING TO THE GROUP

Risk

Impact

Mitigating Actions

Adverse publicity in relation  
to the Group or its brands.

Adverse publicity in relation to the Group  
or its brands could have an adverse impact 
on the Group’s reputation, consumer 
consumption patterns, sales and  
operating profits.

It remains the Group’s policy to ensure that we operate within the boundaries  
of compliance in the areas of legislation, health and safety and ethical working 
standards and these are regularly reviewed by the Board and management 
committee. The Group maintains and develops ISO 9001 and 14001 systems  
which are subject to annual external audits with any non-conformances actioned  
in a timely manner.

Within the Group there is a clearly defined and communicated Corporate  
Social Responsibility Policy. Quality standards are well defined, implemented  
and measured.

The Group offers a range of branded products many of which are low calorie or  
sugar free. Nutritional information is shown on all of our products and we have  
signed up to the U.K. Government’s package labelling arrangements.

Failure or non-availability  
of the Group’s operational 
infrastructure.

The Group would be affected if there was a 
catastrophic failure of its major production 
or distribution facilities which led to a 
sustained loss in capacity or capability.

Assets within the Group are proactively managed whether this be intangible brand 
assets, plant and equipment, people or IT systems. Robust disaster recovery and 
incident management plans exist and are formally tested. Contingency measures 
are in place and are regularly tested.

Failure of the Group’s 
Information Technology systems.

The maintenance and development of 
Information Technology systems may  
result in systems failures, including cyber 
security breaches which may adversely 
impact the Group’s ability to operate.

IT assets within the Group are proactively managed and procedures exist  
that support rapid and clean recovery. Robust disaster recovery and incident 
management plans exist and are formally tested. Contingency measures are  
in place and are regularly tested.

Inability to protect the intellectual 
property rights associated with 
current and future brands.

Failure to maintain the Group’s intellectual 
property rights could result in the value  
of our brands being eroded.

The Group invests considerable effort in proactively protecting the intellectual 
property rights associated with its current and future brands, through trademark 
registration and vigorous legal enforcement as and when required.

Interruption to, or significant 
change in the terms of, the 
Group’s supply of packaging  
and raw materials.

The packaging and raw material 
components that the Group uses for the 
production of its soft drink products are 
largely commodities that are subject to 
price and supply volatility that could have 
an adverse impact on the Group’s sales 
and operating profits.

The Group adopts centralised purchasing arrangements to ensure the best possible 
terms are negotiated.

Contingency measures exist and are tested regularly.

Supplier performance is reviewed on a monthly basis and audits are undertaken  
for major suppliers. Overall commodity risks are reviewed and managed by the 
purchasing and operations teams and reviewed by the Treasury Committee  
whose remit and authority levels are set by the Board.

Together with the operations team, the Treasury Committee’s remit focuses on  
the unpredictability of the cost of supply and seeks to minimise potential related 
adverse effects on the Group’s financial performance through either forward 
purchasing or hedging known commodity requirements.

27

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015Principal Risks and Uncertainties 
Continued

RISKS RELATING TO THE GROUP CONTINUED

Risk

Financial Risks.

Impact

Mitigating Actions

The Group’s activities expose it to a variety 
of financial risks which include market risk 
(including medium term movements in 
exchange rates, interest rate risk and 
commodity price risk), credit risk and 
liquidity risk.

Our underlying objective is to secure budgeted exchange rates and thereby reduce 
the volatility through our cost of goods. Financial risks are reviewed and managed  
by the Treasury Committee whose remit and authority levels are set by the Board.  
The Treasury Committee seeks to minimise adverse effects on the Group’s financial 
performance through hedging known currency exposures whilst reviewing the 
appropriateness of the interest rate hedging policy throughout the year.

The Group’s finance team reviews cash flow forecasts throughout the year, with 
headroom against banking covenants assessed regularly. The finance team uses 
external tools to assess credit limits offered to customers, manages trade receivable 
balances vigilantly and takes prompt action on overdue accounts. The Group’s financial 
control environment is subject to review by both internal and external audit. Internal 
audit’s focus is to work with and challenge management to ensure an appropriate 
control environment is maintained.

Appropriate governance structures are put in place to provide the required frameworks 
to supervise, monitor, control, direct and manage change programmes.

These structures review the scope of change programmes and related project plans 
and project resources, monitoring progress against set deliverables. External support is 
utilised when the Group is unable to support the project solely from internal resources.

The Group’s finance team works closely with the Pension Scheme Investment Sub 
Committee and the Pension Trustees to ensure that an appropriate Investment  
Strategy is in place to fund future pension requirements at acceptable levels of risk.

Change programmes may not 
deliver the benefits intended.

Increasing funding needs  
or obligations in respect  
of the Group’s pension  
scheme arrangements.

A number of change programmes 
designed to improve the effectiveness  
and efficiency of the end to end operating, 
administrative and financial systems and 
processes continue to be undertaken. 
There is a risk that these programmes will 
not fully deliver the expected operational 
benefits within the timescales expected. 
There is also the risk that the change 
programmes lead to disruption to 
production, administrative and financial 
processes and could impact customer 
service and/or operating margins.

The triennial valuation of the Group’s 
defined benefit pension scheme may 
highlight a worsening funding position that 
requires the Group to invest additional 
cash contributions or provide further 
assurance to cover future liabilities.

28

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015Principal Risks and Uncertainties 
Continued

RISKS RELATING TO THE MARKET

Risk

Impact

Mitigating Actions

Acquisition strategy fails to 
deliver expected returns via 
either market performance  
or under attainment of  
targeted synergies.

Failure to deliver expected return  
could affect overall performance,  
net debt level, share price, management 
credibility and/or shareholder appetite  
for future acquisitions.

A robust initial evaluation and diligence process exists which clearly outlines 
expectations relative to agreed rates of return and clearly identifies deliverables.

Sensitivity analysis of the key value drivers is also undertaken.

A dedicated integration and project management team is established pre-completion 
and a 100 day plan established against which progress is actively monitored.

Finally, a six monthly review of performance relative to the acquisition model  
is undertaken.

Failure to take account of 
changing market dynamics.

A decline in sales of key brands or  
a failure to renew trading agreements  
on favourable terms or reduction in  
the customer base could have an  
adverse impact on the Group’s sales  
and operating profits.

The Group offers a range of brands that it manufactures and distributes through a 
cross section of trade channels and retailers. Performance is monitored closely by  
the Board and management committee. This includes monitoring and tracking of 
metrics which review brand equity strength, together with monitoring of financial  
and operational performance.

Changes in consumer 
preferences, perception  
or purchasing behaviour.

Consumers may decide to purchase  
and consume alternative brands or  
spend less on soft drinks.

The Group focuses on delivering high quality products and invests heavily  
in building brand equity. Contact is maintained with all of the Group’s major 
customers through regular sales force interaction and members of the senior 
management team meet with key customers throughout the year.

The Group offers a range of branded products across a range of flavours, 
subcategories and geographies which offer choice to the end consumer.

Changing consumer preferences are reviewed annually by the Board with  
reference to qualitative and quantitative research.

Spontaneous and prompted brand awareness levels are monitored in order to 
measure any changes in consumer knowledge of brands and/or changes in  
brand equity strength.

Changes in regulatory 
requirements.

Changing legislation may impact our 
ability to market or sell certain products or 
could cause the Group to incur additional 
costs or liabilities that could adversely 
affect its business.

The Group proactively engages with the relevant authorities, including the British  
Soft Drinks Association, The Food Standards Agency and the General Counsel of 
Scotland to ensure full participation in the future development of and compliance  
with relevant legislation.

It remains the Group’s policy to ensure that employees are aware of their responsibilities 
and all applicable regulatory requirements. Formal training sessions are undertaken 
throughout the year.

An audit against changing legislative requirements is undertaken annually by the  
in house legal team.

Potential impact of  
taxation changes.

Changes to legislation may vary the 
taxation levels associated with the sale  
or consumption of soft drinks which  
could impact sales and operating profits.

The impact of changes to the taxation legislation is reviewed regularly.

The Group will seek to remain commercially competitive by passing on any resulting 
cost differential through price amendments to customers.

29

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015Corporate Responsibility
Andrew Memmott, Supply Chain Director

STRONG ENVIRONMENTAL 
RESPONSIBILITY

As a company with a history going back 
almost 140 years, we know how important 
Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) is  
in business. 

Since the business was first established  
in 1875, we have played a crucial part in  
the lives of many thousands of employees, 
as well as supporting local communities 
and charities. We have also led the way  
on environmental initiatives: recycling, 
reusing and driving down our impact  
on the environment.

The world has of course moved on since 
1875, but as a company that started out as 
a family business, we still put people first 
– whether those people are our employees, 
our consumers or our customers.

Our activities around the CSR agenda  
are co-ordinated by the Corporate Social 
Responsibility Committee. It brings together 
skills and knowledge from across the 
business to make sure we keep CSR  
high on our agenda, as well as keeping  
our employees up to date with what the 
business does as a responsible employer.

HIGHLIGHTS
This year we have:
 – Taken the lead in improving how we 

inform consumers by implementing the 
Government’s new voluntary traffic light 
Front of Pack Nutrition labelling scheme 
across all A.G. BARR owned brands.

 – Made significant operating improvements 

As a business, our CSR programme is 
broken down into four key areas:
 – Our people;
 – Our Environment;
 – Our Consumers; and
 – Our Communities.

in our factories at Cumbernauld and 
Milton Keynes, where we are reducing 
the impact of our transport and water 
consumption.

 – Focused on employee engagement and 
communication, in particular using the 
valuable insights from our employee 
survey ‘Your Voice Matters’ and our 
successful sponsorship of the Glasgow 
2014 Commonwealth Games.

 – Celebrated as sales from the BRU store, 
a unique pop-up shop in Glasgow’s 
Merchant City, enabled us to donate 
£20,000 to the Prince and Princess of 
Wales Hospice, just one demonstration 
of the Company’s broader commitment 
to charity work.

OUR PEOPLE
Managing the safety of our employees is  
our top priority. Investing in our employees 
is a vital part of what makes A.G. BARR a 
successful business, whether that’s offering 
opportunities to develop skills or engaging 
in programmes to enhance what we deliver 
as a business.

Safety management is at the centre of all 
we do and this year has been about building 
on key safety programmes introduced in 
2013. This included:
 – Ensuring our near miss reporting initiative 

makes further progress across our  
total workforce; 

 – Building-in behavioural safety training 
and initiatives through our ‘safety 
conversations’; and 

 – Maintaining a safety and quality  

audit programme.

Moving Annual Total for RIDDOR Accidents 2006 – 2014

35

30

25

20

15

10

5

0

2006

2007

2008

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

30

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015SAFETY MANAGEMENT 
IS AT THE CENTRE OF ALL 
WE DO.

ANDREW MEMMOTT, SUPPLY CHAIN DIRECTOR

31

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015Corporate Responsibility
Continued

Safety performance
There has been a slight increase in 
reportable (RIDDOR) accidents in the  
year to January 2015 and in particular  
in our English Direct Sales Delivery (DSD) 
operation involving manual handling related 
injuries. As a result we carried out corrective  
action through retraining and we have also 
installed a trial ‘back-of-vehicle’ camera 
system. This will give us better visibility  
of safety practices when the delivery team 
works off-site, which we hope will help us 
reduce future manual handling injuries. 

The ‘lost days’ measure has also increased 
marginally, in line with the increase in  
the reportable incidents across our 
entire operation.

The chart on page 30 shows the moving 
annual total for RIDDOR since 2006.

The near miss reporting initiative (NMR) 
and safety conversations 
The near miss initiative continues to  
enable our workforce to: 
 – Highlight and record safety hazards; 
 – Act on them if appropriate; and 
 – Map trends in safety to ensure progress 

is being made.

Slips, trips and low level falls form the main 
types of near miss categories reported and, 
as a result, we have taken action through a 
variety of safety briefings, new equipment 
and workplace re-designs. 

We have introduced a near miss ‘close-out 
rate’ to ensure that action is taken within  
an agreed timescale corresponding with  
the level of risk. The red near miss reports 
(more serious safety concerns) are acted  
on immediately, while we have set a 
close-out time scale of up to 20 days for 
amber near miss reports (safety concerns) 
and up to 30 days for green near miss 
reports (safety observations). 

We have also tried to ensure consistent 
standards of reporting by holding monthly 
meetings where we sample the quality of 
near misses reported. Most significantly,  
we have seen the level of red near miss 
reporting drop from 333 last year to 180  
this year.

Our safety conversations initiative observes 
tasks and people behaviour and discusses 
the observed behaviour in the workplace. 
All our sites now carry out these safety 
conversations and it has had a significant 
effect in raising safety awareness. 

H&S Annual Audit Scores 2014/15 (vs 2013/14)

SDSD

Ballindarg

Moston

Cumbernauld 
Logistics

Newcastle

Cumbernauld 
Production

Wednesbury

Milton Keynes

Sheffield

Forfar

Walthamstow

93.0%
92.8%

91.6%

88.8%

91.0%

90.8%

89.9%

89.6%

89.9%
89.2%

87.6%

85.9%

87.2%

91.5%

86.8%
86.9%

86.6%

80.0%

86.2%
85.8%

85.8%
86.2%

0.0%

10.0% 20.0% 30.0% 40.0% 50.0% 60.0% 70.0% 80.0% 90.0% 100.0%

32

During 2014/15, a total of 1,259 safety 
conversations have been carried out.

Training safety
An internal training programme was 
delivered to 21 employees, which  
included participants carrying out  
a safety improvement project. 

Each employee was asked to complete  
a safety report for their site, using  
the skills learned in their training. The 
improvements were then implemented  
by the sites concerned.

Half day training sessions were also rolled 
out across all our operations as part of our 
ongoing safety programme.

Audit standards
The internal safety audit programme 
measures how our sites are performing  
in all areas of safety management.
The audit score is a measure of each  
site’s overall level of safety management.

As the graph shows, three sites are  
now in the yellow category as opposed  
to two last year. Yellow is the highest 
performing category, showing a high  
degree of management control, and sites 
that are pro-active in communicating safety 
initiatives and improvements. Our Scottish 
DSD operation came first in the audit for  
the fourth year running and represents the 
benchmark for all other functions and sites.

The remaining sites are in the black 
category, which represents a good degree 
of management control and compliance 
with health and safety requirements. 

None of our sites were in the bottom two 
categories which are associated with poor 
to reasonable safety performance.

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015Aspiring managers programme
The Aspiring Managers Programme is  
a leadership development programme  
that aims to help employees develop the 
knowledge, skills and confidence to enable 
them to move into a team leader role if and 
when an opportunity arises. 

The programme is recognised and 
accredited by the Institute of Leadership 
and Management (ILM), a widely recognised 
external accreditation body. 

Healthy staff
As a signatory of the Government’s Public 
Health Responsibility Deal, we have Physical 
Activity Champions (PACs) among our 
workforce whose role it is to encourage  
our people to stay active.

The Cycle, Swim, Run Challenge – Do More 
in 2014 – proved to be a particularly popular 
initiative with employees across all our U.K. 
sites. Encouraged by their PACs, employees 
were asked to record online the number  
of miles they clocked-up in these specific 
sporting activities for the year. In total, 
employees completed 27,789 miles, which 
is the distance from Cumbernauld to the 
Gold Coast in Australia.

Corporate Responsibility
Continued

CASE STUDY: 

THE COMMONWEALTH GAMES –  
A ONCE IN A LIFETIME OPPORTUNITY

A.G. BARR was an Official Supporter  
of the Glasgow 2014 Commonwealth  
Games held in the summer.

We were determined to try to help employees 
across the U.K. engage and interact with the 
Commonwealth Games experience as much 
as possible. 

Become a Clyde-sider
All A.G. BARR employees were invited to 
become Games volunteers – or Clyde-siders 
as they were known. A total of 18 Clyde-siders 
from A.G. BARR were chosen by the 
Commonwealth Games organisers to work  
in a selection of roles at the Games.

Nominate a Baton Bearer
All employees were invited to nominate 
someone from the business for their charity  
or community work to become a Baton Bearer 
and carry the Queen’s Baton as it toured the 
U.K. Happily nine of our employees were 
chosen by the Games’ organisers to take part.

The Barr Family Day
We were delighted to be able to organise  
a Family Day on 26 July where 1,200 of  
our employees from across the U.K., their 
families and friends, attended the Rugby 7s 
event at Ibrox before spending time at  
our Cumbernauld HQ. A total of £3,003  
was raised for The Prince and Princess  
of Wales Hospice in Glasgow on the day.

While this was taking place, 100  
more colleagues attended the ‘Mini 
Commonwealth Games’ fun day which  
was held in Milton Keynes.

The Queen’s Baton Relay Visits 
Cumbernauld, June 2014
We were honoured to receive the Queen’s 
Baton to our Cumbernauld HQ on 23 June 
2014. Chief Executive Roger White and more 
than 200 employees welcomed the baton 
when it visited. The Queen’s Baton visited  
70 countries on a 248 day global journey 
across the Commonwealth and our factory 
became one of the stops made on its final leg, 
touring Scotland. 

Chief Executive Roger White alongside  
four A.G. BARR Baton Bearers: Tracy Wilson,  
Claire Dalgleish, Valerie Gibson and Liz Ross. 

Learning and development
Our goal is to make A.G. BARR a great 
place to work, both now and in the future. 
We recognise that our people are critical  
to the future success of the Company and 
we continually invest in our employees to 
increase their capability to successfully 
deliver our business objectives.

We believe in creating the right environment 
for our people to develop successful 
careers at A.G. BARR:
 – Every employee has their own agreed 

Performance Review Development Plan 
to help them deliver their personal, team 
and business goals. 

 – In 2014/15, 229 internal, external and 

e-learning courses were delivered and 
1,137 employees trained, covering over 
4,846 hours of learning. 

33

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015Corporate Responsibility
Continued

Gender diversity
We recognise the benefits and importance 
of diversity for our business, including the 
significant value it adds to the quality of 
discussion and decision-making. 

A.G. BARR is committed to equality on all 
levels and is striving to improve diversity 
balance in all areas of our workforce. 

The table below shows the gender split  
at different levels within the organisation,  
as at 26 January 2015:

Board members and company secretary

Human rights
We respect all human rights and are 
committed to conducting business  
in an open and ethical manner. 

We seek to have a positive impact on 
employees, customers, consumers  
and the wider communities on which  
we impact through our policies and 
procedures, including those relating to:
 – Employment;
 – Health & Safety;
 – The environment;
 – Anti-corruption;
 – Data protection; and
 – Whistleblowing.

CASE STUDY: 

SUGAR DISSOLVER  
AT CUMBERNAULD

Our Cumbernauld factory has installed a 
sugar dissolver, taking crystal sugar and 
dissolving it to produce the liquid sugar  
that goes into some of our products. By 
changing from deliveries of liquid sugar to 
dry sugar, we can obtain more sugar per 
delivery, which has reduced the number of 
deliveries by a third, thus reducing transport 
based emissions.

Male

Female

Total

Senior managers 

Male

Female

Total

Other employees

Male

Female

Total

7

2

9

70

16

86

755

276

1,031

We seek to engage with suppliers who 
adopt an ethical approach to human rights, 
working conditions and the environment,  
in line with our own values. Our direct 
suppliers are required to adhere to our 
ethical trading policy. 

The Group monitors the effectiveness of all 
our policies and has not been made aware 
of any incident where the Group’s activities 
have resulted in an abuse of human rights. 

OUR ENVIRONMENT
Our environmental performance is of  
great importance to us as a business and 
as such we have held certification to the 
Environmental Standard ISO 14001 since 
2003. With this certification, we have 
developed comprehensive environmental 
procedures and monitoring systems and 
ensured legal compliance. The last few 
years have seen A.G. BARR work to reduce 
emissions and increase our commitment  
to sustainability. 

We continually monitor our processes to 
make sure we’re meeting our environmental 
obligations as well as looking for areas where 
we can improve and use fewer resources. 

Some of the areas we measure are:
 – Energy use across all our factories and 

distribution depots;

 – Water use by our factories so we can 
reduce both the water we use and the 
waste water that we put to drain;
 – Fuel use so we can optimise our 

deliveries which reduces our greenhouse 
gas emissions and pollution; and

 – Waste quantities and how we can best 

recycle our waste streams.

34

The sugar dissolver silo is installed.

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015Energy use and carbon emissions
In 2014/15 we continued to meet our 
climate-change target in our energy use 
across all our manufacturing sites. This  
can be seen as an endorsement of the 
decision taken in 2013 to install new energy 
monitoring systems at our Forfar and 
Tredegar sites and to update the existing 
system at Cumbernauld.

A.G. BARR has reduced its energy 
consumption per tonne of product  
by 23% since 2007.

A.G. BARR p.l.c. GHG Emissions  
in tonnes CO2e

Scope 1 

Scope 2 

2013-14

2014-15

5,432

5,421

11,096

11,698

Intensity Ratio*

38.16

37.22

*  Intensity ratio is kg of CO2e per 1,000 litres  

of product produced.

Scope 1 has remained level with the  
last financial year, the increased energy 
usage by higher factory production output 
being offset by better sales delivery fuel 
efficiency. Scope 2 has increased in line 
with the increase in production volume.  
The Intensity Ratio has decreased by 2.5% 
which is on track with our Climate Change 
Agreement commitments.

Water consumption and disposal
Management of water as a resource is  
a key activity of our site teams. 

A.G. BARR is a signatory to the Federation 
House Commitment. This is an initiative 
across the food and drink sector to reduce 
water use, excluding water in products, by 
20% by 2020. We calculate this as a ratio of 
total water used against water in products.

In 2013, this increased by 5.3% to 1.51 litres 
per litre of product with the introduction of  
a new site at Milton Keynes. However, now 
that this site has been up and running for 
more than a full year with improvements 
implemented during 2014/15, we are back  
on track to meet our 2020 target.

Improvements include:
 – Optimising our rinsing water process  

to increase efficiency;
 – Rainwater harvesting; and
 – Installation of additional water  

recovery systems.

Corporate Responsibility
Continued

Transport and logistics
Careful logistical planning has paid off in  
the area of fuel efficiency. We are continually 
reviewing our delivery routes, and by making 
subtle changes on an ongoing basis, we 
have increased the number of cases of 
product delivered per litre of fuel by 20% 
over the past five years. We continue to 
invest in new fleet and the latest engine 
technology means we can reduce emissions.

Waste
In 2015 A.G. BARR expects to achieve  
its aim of putting zero waste to landfill.  
At present 99% of our waste streams  
are recycled.

All of our packaging has industry-
recognised logos which state which  
type of material it is made from, making it 
easier for our consumers to recycle their  
product containers.

OUR CONSUMERS
We have an important role to play in helping 
our consumers choose products that are 
right for them. By making our packaging 
clear and transparent, all consumers can 
exercise choice, in particular in relation  
to calorie consumption.

Our soft drinks provide hydration, 
refreshment and enjoyment for millions  
of consumers daily and can be enjoyed  
as part of a varied, balanced diet and a 
healthy, active lifestyle. We have developed 
a wide choice of soft drinks from ‘regular’ 
and ‘low/no’ sugar drinks, energy drinks, 
juice drinks, plain and sugar free flavoured 
water, to sugar-free squashes and fruit 
juices to meet our consumers’ different 
drinking requirements and occasions.

Public Health Responsibility Deal
In support of the U.K. Government’s Public 
Health Responsibility Deal we are taking a 
number of practical actions to help secure 
progress against a number of public health 
objectives where we have: 
 – Pledged to reduce calories; 
 – Implemented the new voluntary Front  

of Pack Nutrition Labelling Scheme; and

 – Continued to offer our employees 

healthier choices when purchasing  
food at our sites and encouraged  
them to increase their physical activity. 

35

CASE STUDY: 

WATER SAVINGS  
AT MILTON KEYNES

Our Milton Keynes site uses reverse 
osmosis (RO) to purify its water for use  
in our products. The RO process results  
in around 25% of the concentrated filtration 
water being put to drain. By installing a 
secondary RO water plant, we have halved 
the amount of wasted water, which will  
save the site two million litres of water a 
year. Milton Keynes also has a rainwater 
harvesting system, which collects rainwater 
in a large storage tank and this water is 
used for toilet flushing, saving mains water.

The secondary Reverse Osmosis Water Plant.

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015CASE STUDY: 

THE IRN-BRU STORE 
RAISES OVER £20,000

Our first ever IRN-BRU Store, located in 
Glasgow’s Merchant City, was launched 
during last summer’s Glasgow 
Commonwealth Games.

The ‘BRU Store’ – made entirely from 
seven ‘BRU-coloured’ shipping containers 
– provided a unique brand and retail 
experience. Merchandise on sale included 
everything from key rings to hoodies and 
posters to onesies, with prices ranging  
from £1 to £35.

Over 150,000 IRN-BRU fans visited the 
store during its four-week residency. Not 
only was it one of the most engaging and 
exciting activities running during the Games, 
we also donated all post operation profits, a 
sum of £20,000, to the Prince and Princess 
of Wales Hospice Brick By Brick appeal.

Corporate Responsibility
Continued

Overall, soft drinks contribute 3% of 
calories in the average diet (National Diet 
and Nutrition Survey, 2014 – including fruit 
juice). Through our calorie reduction pledge, 
our commitment was to reduce the average 
calorific content per 100ml of our drinks 
portfolio by 5%* by 2016.

We are pleased to report that we have 
achieved this target. 

*  By ‘our portfolio of drinks’ we are referring to the 

brands that we own and are in control of. A small % of 
our business is in franchised brands which we do not 
own and therefore these are not included in our pledge.

Responsible advertising and marketing
We take our responsibility to children in 
relation to how we market, promote and 
advertise our products very seriously. 

We follow Ofcom regulations, which provide 
a clear set of responsible guidelines relating 
to the advertisement of food and drinks to 
children. We also apply these same principles 
to all of our other marketing activities beyond 
TV, for example online and cinema.

We also follow the industry’s CAP and 
BCAP codes and fully comply with both the 
letter and the spirit of the Ofcom regulations 
in all of our other marketing, promotion, 
sponsorship and on-line activities. 

Labelling
We provide clear calorie and content 
guidelines on all of our product packaging 
to enable our consumers to make an 
informed choice.

This year we also adopted and implemented 
the Government’s new voluntary traffic light 
Front of Pack Nutrition labelling scheme 
(FoPL) across all A.G. BARR owned brands. 
The front-of-pack labelling uses colour-coded 
icons for fats, saturates, sugar and salt.

We believe that consumers will find it the 
most useful way to find the information  
they need about the nutritional content  
of products.

Opening ceremony star Jock the Scottie Dog 
outside the BRU store.

36

Portion size
Our soft drinks are sold in a wide range  
of pack sizes – from family sharing 2 litre 
bottles to 150ml packs to assist consumers 
with portion control and in regulating their 
calorie consumption. 

Recycling and litter
We have always believed that used packaging 
should be treated as a resource and collected 
for recycling, not discarded as litter.

All of our packaging, including cans,  
PET, glass and cartons, are recyclable.  
We support Keep Britain Tidy, carrying  
the tidyman logo on all of our packs  
to encourage our consumers to  
act responsibly when disposing of  
our packaging. 

We are also partners alongside Zero Waste 
Scotland in an out-of-home recycling 
scheme for aluminium cans in Scotland 
called Every Can Counts. 

We recently announced a new partnership 
with Keep Scotland Beautiful where we are 
undertaking a number of new anti-litter 
initiatives in 2015 as part of their ‘Clean  
Up Scotland’ campaign.

As a signatory in 2013 to Waste and 
Resources Action Programme’s (WRAP) 
Courtauld Commitment we are working on 
optimising our PET packaging by improving 
its design and recyclability and minimising 
our production waste. In the last 10 years 
our PET and glass bottle lightweighting 
programme has removed 27m 500ml PET 
and 1.69m 330ml glass bottle equivalents.

We have also signed up to DEFRA’s Soft 
Drinks Sustainability Road Map which 
covers the entire soft drinks production 
process – from sourcing ingredients to 
recycling packaging – where we will be 
working on a range of objectives to further 
enhance our sustainability and improve  
our use of resources, which we believe will 
have a positive effect on reducing litter. 

Standards
The quality assurance at A.G. BARR 
complies with national and international 
standards as well as ISO guidelines. We are 
certified to the ISO 9001 quality standard  
as well as to ‘Grade A’ status against the 
British Retail Consortium’s Global Food 
Standard, version 6.

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015Corporate Responsibility
Continued

OUR COMMUNITY
A.G. BARR has always worked closely with 
and provided support to the communities  
in which we operate by providing financial, 
in-kind, practical and employee volunteering 
support to charities, good causes and 
community groups. 

We work with national U.K. charities such  
as The Princes Trust which offers support  
to 13 to 30 year olds who are unemployed  
or struggling at school. We also support 
international charities such as the British 
Asian Trust.

Keeping it local
We support a number of local community 
and charity organisations who work in areas 
local to our sites. In 2014/15 this included 
working with: 
 – The Cumbernauld Theatre. 
 – ‘Now You’re Talking Health and Wellbeing’ 
in Cumbernauld, a group which supports 
and helps people to build a balanced life. 

 – The Steve Prescott Foundation, which 
raises funds for The Christie Hospital  
in Manchester. 

 – FareShare, a unique charity fighting 
hunger and its underlying causes by 
redistributing surplus food to hundreds  
of local charities across Scotland, helping 
to feed thousands of vulnerable people 
every day. 

Some of our key areas of community 
support in 2014 were in the areas of  
active lifestyles, helping socially excluded, 
disabled people and those in education.

For example, we supported a number  
of community and charity road races by 
providing more than 500,000 bottles of 
Strathmore spring water and continued  
our support of The Big Issue Scotland. 

Education partnerships
Our partnerships with local schools have 
always been very important to us and 
2014/15 saw A.G. BARR continue to build 
upon these relationships. We have three 
Scottish-based Enterprise in Education 
Partners – Lenzie Academy, Our Lady’s 
High School and Westfield Primary School 
(the latter two in Cumbernauld).

Across these three schools we take part in a 
number of events to help pupils understand 
more about business, as well as helping them 
with softer skills around career planning. 

Looking ahead
Corporate Social Responsibility will 
continue to be a major area of focus for  
A.G. BARR. As consumers become more 
discerning, it’s more important than ever 
that we place great emphasis on the part 
we play as a company in our local, national 
and international communities.

Andrew Memmott
Supply Chain Director

CASE STUDY: 

STRATHMORE DO MORE

In 2014 Strathmore Spring Water launched 
its ‘Do More With Strathmore’ campaign 
which aimed to encourage everyone to  
take some simple steps to increase their  
physical activity. 

The campaign ran in conjunction with  
the brand’s game-changing sponsorship 
as ‘Official Water’ of the 2014 Glasgow 
Commonwealth Games, exposing the 
Strathmore brand to millions of consumers 
U.K. wide. 

To communicate effectively with this  
wide U.K. audience the brand created 
‘Team Strathmore’ by joining forces with 
three Commonwealth Games athletes: 
paralympic sprinter Libby Clegg, gymnast 
Dan Keating and swimmer Robbie Renwick, 
who all helped to inspire the nation to  
‘Do More’ as brand ambassadors. 

The public were invited to participate in 
‘come and try’ days and coaching sessions 
hosted by Team Strathmore in the build up 
to and during the Commonwealth Games 
timetable. Alongside inspirational and 
encouraging videos and blogs, these events 
were shared and accessed by thousands of 
enthusiastic people online through social 
media sites.

Strathmore was also the ‘Official Water’  
of Scottish Rugby and the Scottish 
Professional Football League throughout 
2014/15, and on a continuing basis. ‘Do 
More’ is the consumer facing proposition 
which brings these sponsorship properties 
to life with a relevant message, which  
can inspire and encourage everyone to 
‘Do More’ on an everyday basis. 

Gold medal winning Strathmore para athlete Libby 
Clegg with running partner Mikhail Huggins.

37

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015Board of Directors

I WOULD LIKE TO RECOGNISE THE
COMMITMENT AND CONTRIBUTION 
OF ALL OUR EMPLOYEES, AND THANK 
THEM ON BEHALF OF THE BOARD 
FOR DELIVERING SUCH A STRONG 
SET OF FINANCIAL RESULTS.

JOHN R. NICOLSON, CHAIRMAN

3

4

1

2

5

38

6

7

8

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015Board of Directors
Continued

1. 
JOHN R. NICOLSON
B.A. (Hons) 
Chairman

2. 
ROGER A. WHITE 
M.A. (Hons) 
Chief Executive

3. 
STUART LORIMER 
BAcc. (Hons), C.A. M.C.T. 
Finance Director

4. 
JONATHAN D. KEMP 
B.A. (Hons) 
Commercial Director

John’s career was spent with ICI,  
Unilever, Fosters Brewing Group,  
Scottish & Newcastle PLC, and latterly  
as President Americas for Heineken NV. 
He held various positions in Marketing 
and Sales before moving into Corporate 
Development and then General 
Management.

Term of Office 
Joined the Company in 2013 as a 
Non-Executive Director. Appointed 
Chairman January 2015.

External Appointments 
Non-Executive Director of Stocks Spirits 
Group PLC, Deputy Chairman of CCU SA 
(Chile) and Non-Executive Director of 
North American Breweries Inc.

Committee Membership 
Nomination Committee (Chair),
Remuneration Committee (Chair).

5. 
ANDREW L. MEMMOTT
BSc, MSc. 
Supply Chain Director

Andrew joined the Company following 
three years with Cooperative Wholesale 
Society.

Term of Office 
Joined the Company’s Project 
Engineering Team in June 1990.
Appointed Operations Director in 2008.

External Appointments 
None.

Roger is a member of the Board of 
Management and Executive Council  
and is a past President of the British  
Soft Drinks Association. Previously held 
numerous senior positions in food group 
Rank Hovis McDougall. Scottish PLC 
Chief Executive of the year in 2010. 
Honorary Doctorate from University  
of Edinburgh in 2014.

Term of Office 
Joined the Company in 2002 as 
Managing Director. Appointed  
Chief Executive in 2004.

External Appointments 
Non-Executive Director of Troy  
Income & Growth Trust.

6. 
MARTIN A. GRIFFITHS
L.L.B. (Hons), C.A. 
Senior Independent  
Non-Executive Director

A Chartered Accountant, Martin is a 
former Chairman of the Scottish Finance 
Directors Group and a former Director of 
Troy Income & Growth Trust plc, Trainline 
Holdings Limited, RoadKing Infrastructure 
(HK) Limited, Citybus (HK) Limited.  
He is also a former Senior Independent 
Non-Executive Director of Robert  
Walters plc and was young Scottish 
Finance Director of the year in 2004.

Term of Office 
Joined the Company in 2010  
as a Non-Executive Director. 

External Appointments 
CEO of Stagecoach Group, Co-Chairman 
of Virgin Rail Group Holdings Limited, 
Virgin Trains East Coast and Chairman  
of Rail Delivery Group Limited. 

Committee Membership 
Audit Committee (Chair),
Nomination Committee,
Remuneration Committee.

Stuart was with Diageo for 22 years 
working in a range of roles and countries 
ultimately as the Finance Director for 
Diageo’s Global Supply Operation.

Jonathan has had a successful career  
in various commercial roles within  
Procter and Gamble.

Term of Office 
Joined the Company as Finance  
Director in January 2015.

External Appointments
None.

Term of Office 
Joined the Company in 2003  
as Commercial Director.

External Appointments 
None.

7. 
PAMELA POWELL 
B.A., M.B.A. 
Non-Executive Director

8. 
W. ROBIN G. BARR 
C.A. 
Non-Executive Director

Pam was formerly Group Director of 
Strategy and Innovation at SABMiller plc, 
SVP Global Personal Care at Coty Beauty 
Inc, and VP Skincare and Global Brand 
Director Dove at Unilever plc.

Term of Office 
Joined the Company in 2013  
as a Non-Executive Director.

External Appointments 
Non-Executive Director of  
Premier Foods plc.

Committee Membership 
Audit Committee,
Nomination Committee,
Remuneration Committee. 

Robin is a past President of the British 
Soft Drinks Association.

Term of Office 
Joined the Company in 1960. Appointed 
Director in 1964 and Chairman in 1978. 
Retired as Chairman and appointed 
Non-Executive Director in 2009.

External Appointments 
None.

Committee Membership 
Audit Committee,
Nomination Committee,
Remuneration Committee.

39

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015Directors’ Report 

The directors present their report and the audited consolidated financial statements of the Group for the 52 weeks (2014: 52 weeks) ended 
25 January 2015.

STRATEGIC REPORT
The Companies Act 2006 requires the directors to present a review of the business during the year to 25 January 2015 and of the position 
of the Group at the end of the financial year, together with a description of the principal risks and uncertainties faced. The Strategic Report 
can be found on pages 1 to 37 and is incorporated by reference into this Directors’ Report.

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENT
The Disclosure and Transparency Rules require certain information to be included in a corporate governance statement in the Directors’ 
Report. Information that fulfils the requirements of the corporate governance statement can be found in the Corporate Governance Report 
on pages 45 to 50 and is incorporated by reference into this Directors’ Report.

RESULTS AND DIVIDENDS
The Group’s profit after tax for the financial year ended 25 January 2015 attributable to equity shareholders amounted to £29.997m  
(2014: £28.179m).

An interim dividend for the current year of 3.11p (2014: 2.825p) per ordinary share was paid on 17 October 2014.

The final proposed dividend of 9.01p (2014 second interim dividend: 8.19p) per ordinary share will be paid on 5 June 2015 if approved at 
the Company’s annual general meeting on 27 May 2015 (‘AGM’).

The directors have taken advantage of the exemption available under s408 of the Companies Act 2006 and have not presented an income 
statement for the Company. The Company’s profit for the year was £20.595m (2014: £17.236m).

DIRECTORS
The following were directors of the Company during the financial year ended 25 January 2015:
 – R.G. Hanna (retired 31 December 2014)
 – R.A. White
 – A.B.C. Short (resigned 29 August 2014)
 – S. Lorimer (appointed 5 January 2015)
 – J.D. Kemp
 – A.L. Memmott
 – W.R.G. Barr
 – M.A. Griffiths
 – J.R. Nicolson
 – P. Powell

Subject to the Company’s Articles of Association (the ‘Articles’) and any relevant legislation, the directors may exercise all of the powers  
of the Company and may delegate their power and discretion to committees.

The Articles give the directors power to appoint and remove directors. Under the terms of reference of the Nomination Committee, any 
appointment must be recommended by the Nomination Committee for approval by the Board. The Articles require directors to retire and 
submit themselves for election at the first annual general meeting following appointment and to retire no later than the third annual general 
meeting after the annual general meeting at which they were last elected or re-elected. However, in order to comply with the U.K. Corporate 
Governance Code, all directors will submit themselves for re-election at the AGM. Biographical details of the Board are set out on pages 38 
and 39 of this report.

DIRECTORS’ INTERESTS
Information regarding the directors’ interests in ordinary shares of the Company is provided in the Directors’ Remuneration Report on 
page 62. No director has any other interest in any shares or loan stock of any Group company.

Other than service contracts, no director had a material interest in any contract to which any Group company was a party during the year.

There have been the following changes notified in the directors’ shareholdings between 25 January 2015 and 24 March 2015: S. Lorimer a 
decrease in non-beneficial holding of 11,769 shares, R.A. White an increase in beneficial holding of 60 shares, A.L. Memmott an increase 
in beneficial holding of 60 shares, J.D. Kemp an increase in beneficial holding of 60 shares and W.R.G. Barr an increase in beneficial 
holding of 63 shares.

40

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015Directors’ Report  
Continued

DIRECTORS’ INDEMNITY PROVISIONS
As at the date of this report, indemnities are in force between the Company and each of its directors under which the Company has 
agreed to indemnify each director, to the extent permitted by law, in respect of certain liabilities incurred as a result of carrying out their 
role as a director of the Company. The directors are also indemnified against the costs of defending any criminal or civil proceedings or 
any claim in relation to the Company or brought by a regulator as they are incurred provided that where the defence is unsuccessful the 
director must repay those defence costs to the Company. The Company’s total liability under each indemnity is limited to £5.0m for each 
event giving rise to a claim under that indemnity. The indemnities are qualifying third party indemnity provisions for the purposes of the 
Companies Act 2006. In addition, the Company maintained a Directors’ and Officers’ liability insurance policy throughout the financial 
year and has renewed that policy.

As at the date of this report, indemnities are in force between the Company and each of the directors of the corporate trustee of the  
A.G. BARR p.l.c. (2008) Pension and Life Assurance Scheme under which the Company has agreed to indemnify each director, to the 
extent permitted by law, in respect of certain liabilities incurred in connection with the corporate trustee’s activities as a trustee of  
such scheme.

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
The Group undertakes research and development activities in order to develop its range of new and existing products. Expenditure during 
the year on research and development amounted to £1,076,000 (2014: £967,000).

POLITICAL DONATIONS AND POLITICAL EXPENDITURE
No Group company made any political donations or incurred any political expenditure in the year (2014: £nil).

POST BALANCE SHEET EVENTS
Relevant post balance sheet events requiring disclosure are included in Note 31 to the accounts.

EMPLOYEE INVOLVEMENT
The Group is committed to engaging employees at all levels regarding matters which affect them and the performance of the Group. This 
is achieved in a number of ways, including the use of regular briefing procedures, which twice yearly include a report on trading results. 
Regular communication meetings are held to keep employees up to date with Group performance. Consultation meetings also take place 
when the Company is making decisions that are likely to affect employees’ interests, at which employee representatives’ views are taken 
into account. In addition to this, the Group’s intranet site provides up-to-date information regarding the Group’s activities.

All qualifying employees are entitled to join the Savings Related Share Option Scheme (‘SAYE’) and the All-Employee Share Ownership 
Plan (‘AESOP’). Details of these share schemes are provided below.

AESOP
The AESOP is HMRC approved and the executive directors participate in both sections of the scheme, which is open to all  
qualifying employees.

The partnership share element provides that for every three shares a participant purchases in the Company, up to a current maximum 
contribution of £150 per month, the Company will purchase one matching share. The matching shares purchased are held in trust in the 
name of the individual.

There are various rules as to the period of time that the shares must be held in trust but after five years the shares can be released tax  
free to the participant.

The free share element allows participants to receive shares to the value of a common percentage of their earnings, related to the 
performance of the Group. The maximum value of the annual award increased from £3,000 to £3,600 with effect from 1 February 2015 
and the shares awarded are held in trust for five years.

Under the terms of this scheme, the matching shares will be forfeited if the participant leaves the employment of the Company within 
three years of the award. All partnership, matching and free shares must be removed from the trust if employment with the Company 
ceases.

SAYE
The SAYE is HMRC approved and is available to all qualifying employees, including executive directors. It is based on a five year savings 
contract which provides the participant with an option to purchase shares after five years at a discounted price fixed at the time the contract 
is taken out, or earlier as provided by the scheme rules. No performance conditions require to be met by any participant in order to exercise 
their option under the SAYE.

41

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015Directors’ Report  
Continued

EMPLOYMENT OF DISABLED PERSONS
Applications for employment by disabled persons are always fully considered bearing in mind the qualifications and abilities of the applicants 
concerned. In the event of employees becoming disabled every effort is made to ensure that their employment will continue. The Group’s 
policy is that the training, career development and promotion of disabled persons are, as far as possible, identical to those of other employees.

SUBSTANTIAL SHAREHOLDINGS
As at 25 January 2015, the Company had been notified under Rule 5 of the Financial Conduct Authority’s Disclosure and Transparency 
Rules of the following interests in the Company’s ordinary share capital:

Lindsell Train Limited (discretionary clients)

Caledonia Investments plc 

Standard Life Investments Limited 

The position remains the same as at 24 March 2015.

Number of  

% of voting  

shares

11,822,455

10,431,000

rights

10.12

8.93 

8,202,678

7.03

Type of  
holding

Indirect

Indirect

Direct and  
indirect

RELATIONS WITH SHAREHOLDERS
The Company has regular discussions with and briefings for analysts, investors and institutional shareholders. The Chief Executive and 
Finance Director normally meet with major shareholders twice annually in order to develop an understanding of their views and brief  
the next Board meeting on their discussions. All directors have the opportunity to attend these meetings. At the AGM, all shareholders, 
including private investors, have an opportunity to participate in questions and answers with the Board on matters relating to the 
Company’s operation and performance.

SHARE CAPITAL
As at 25 January 2015 the Company’s issued share capital comprised a single class of ordinary shares of 4 1/6 pence each. All of the 
Company’s issued ordinary shares are fully paid up and rank equally in all respects. The rights attaching to the shares are set out in  
the Articles. Note 27 to the financial statements contains details of the ordinary share capital.

On a show of hands at a general meeting of the Company every holder of ordinary shares present in person or by proxy and entitled  
to vote shall have one vote and, on a poll, every member present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote shall have one vote for every 
ordinary share held. The Notice of AGM gives full details of deadlines for exercising voting rights in relation to resolutions to be passed at 
the AGM. All proxy votes are counted and the numbers for, against or withheld in relation to each resolution are announced at the AGM 
and published on the Company’s website after the meeting. Subject to the relevant statutory provisions and the Articles, shareholders  
are entitled to a dividend where declared and paid out of profits available for such purposes.

There are no restrictions on the transfer of ordinary shares in the Company other than:
 – those which may from time to time be applicable under existing laws and regulations (for example, insider trading laws); and
 – pursuant to the Listing Rules of the Financial Conduct Authority, whereby certain directors and employees of the Company require  

the approval of the Company to deal in the Company’s ordinary shares and are prohibited from dealing during close periods.

At 25 January 2015 the Company had authority, pursuant to the shareholders’ resolution of 27 May 2014, to purchase up to 10% of its 
issued ordinary share capital. This authority will expire at the conclusion of the 2015 AGM. It is proposed that this authority be renewed  
at the 2015 AGM, as detailed in the Notice of AGM.

At 25 January 2015 Robert Barr Limited, as trustee of the General Employee Benefit Trust, the Savings Related Benefit Trust, the All-
Employee Share Ownership Plan Trust and the Long Service Award Trust (the ‘RBL Trustee’), held 1.10% of the issued share capital of  
the Company in trust for the benefit of the executive directors and employees of the Group. As at 25 January 2015, Equiniti Share Plan 
Trustees Limited (the ‘AESOP Trustee’) held 1.43% of the issued share capital of the Company in trust for participants in the AESOP.

A dividend waiver is in place in respect of the RBL Trustee’s holdings under the Savings Related Benefit Trust and the Long Service Award 
Trust. A dividend waiver is in place in respect of shares held by the AESOP Trustee and the RBL Trustee under the AESOP which have not 
been appropriated to participants.

The voting rights in relation to the RBL Trustee’s shareholdings are exercised by the RBL Trustee, who may vote or abstain from voting  
the shares as it sees fit in respect of shares which are unvested or have not been appropriated to employees.

Under the rules of the AESOP, eligible employees are entitled to acquire shares in the Company. Details of the AESOP are set out above. 

42

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015Directors’ Report  
Continued

AESOP shares which have been appropriated to participants are held in trust for those participants by the AESOP Trustee. Voting rights in 
respect of shares which have been appropriated to participants are exercised by the AESOP Trustee on receipt of participants’ instructions. 
If a participant does not submit an instruction to the AESOP Trustee, no vote is registered in respect of those shares. In addition, the AESOP 
Trustee does not vote any unappropriated shares held under the AESOP as surplus assets.

The Executive Share Option Scheme (‘ESOS’) was approved by shareholders at the 2010 AGM. Approved Long Term Incentive Plan 
(‘ALTIP’) awards comprising both a tax-approved option granted under the ESOS and a Long Term Incentive Plan award have been 
granted to executive directors. ALTIP awards enable the participant and the Company to benefit from HMRC tax-approved option tax 
treatment in respect of part of the award, without increasing the pre-tax value delivered to participants. Other than to enable the grant  
of ALTIP awards, the Company has not granted awards to executive directors under the ESOS. Details of the ALTIP awards granted to 
executive directors are set out on page 59.

The Company is not aware of any agreements between shareholders that may result in restrictions on the transfer of securities or on 
voting rights.

CHANGE OF CONTROL
As disclosed in the Directors’ Remuneration Report, under certain conditions the notice period for R.A. White, J.D. Kemp and  
A.L. Memmott may increase from one year to two years in the event of a takeover of or by the Company or a Company reconstruction.

All of the Company’s share incentive plans contain provisions relating to a change of control of the Company. The Company’s banking 
facilities may, at the discretion of the lender, be repayable upon a change of control.

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION
The Company’s Articles may only be amended by a special resolution at a general meeting of shareholders. No amendments are 
proposed to be made to the existing Articles at the 2015 AGM.

GREENHOUSE GAS EMISSIONS
Disclosures regarding greenhouse gas emissions required by The Companies Act 2006 (Strategic Report and Directors’ Report) 
Regulations 2013 are included in the Corporate Responsibility Report forming part of the Strategic Report on pages 1 to 37.  
This information is incorporated by reference into this Directors’ Report.

FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT
Information on the exposure of the Group to certain financial risks and on the Group’s objectives and policies for managing each  
of the Group’s main financial risk areas is detailed in the financial risk management disclosure in Note 25.

CONTRACTS OF SIGNIFICANCE
There were no contracts of significance as defined by Listing Rule 9.8 in existence during the financial year.

GOING CONCERN
The Group’s business activities, together with the factors likely to affect its future development, performance and position are set out in 
the Strategic Report on pages 1 to 37. The financial position of the Group, its cash flows, liquidity position and borrowing facilities are 
described in the financial review on pages 22 to 25.

After making the appropriate enquiries, the directors have concluded that the Group will be able to meet its financial obligations and will 
continue to generate positive free cash flow for the foreseeable future and therefore have a reasonable expectation that the Company and 
the Group overall have adequate resources to continue in operational existence for the foreseeable future and, accordingly, consider it 
appropriate to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the annual report and financial statements.

DIRECTORS’ STATEMENT AS TO DISCLOSURE OF INFORMATION TO AUDITOR
So far as each director is aware, there is no relevant audit information (as defined by the Companies Act 2006) of which the Company’s 
auditor is unaware. Each director has taken all steps that ought to be taken by a director to make themselves aware of and to establish 
that the auditor is aware of any relevant audit information.

AUDITOR
The Audit Committee has responsibility delegated from the Board for making recommendations on the appointment, reappointment, 
removal and remuneration of the external auditor.

The auditor, KPMG LLP, has indicated its willingness to continue in office and a resolution to appoint KPMG LLP as auditor of the 
Company and its subsidiaries, and to authorise the Audit Committee to fix their remuneration, will be proposed at the 2015 AGM.

43

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015Directors’ Report  
Continued

ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING
The Company’s AGM will be held at 9.30am on 27 May 2015 at the offices of KPMG, 191 West George Street, Glasgow, G2 2LJ. The Notice 
of the AGM is set out on pages 127 to 129 of this report. A description and explanation of the resolutions to be considered at the 2015 AGM 
is set out on pages 130 to 134 of this report.

RECOMMENDATION TO SHAREHOLDERS
The Board considers that all the resolutions to be considered at the AGM are in the best interests of the Company and its shareholders  
as a whole and unanimously recommends that you vote in favour of them.

By order of the Board

J.A. Barr
Company Secretary
24 March 2015

44

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015Corporate Governance Report

CHAIRMAN’S INTRODUCTION

Dear Shareholder
I am pleased to present our Corporate Governance Report, which describes how the main principles of the U.K. Corporate Governance 
Code have been applied during the year. Information about the Board, its members and committees, and an overview of the Company’s 
system of internal controls are included.

There were a number of changes to the Board during the year. Ronald Hanna retired from the Board on 31 December 2014 and I replaced 
him as Chairman of the Company and of the Nomination Committee with effect from 1 January 2015. Ronald served on the Board for 11 
years, with 5 years as Chairman. The Board would like to thank Ronald for his significant contribution to the Company during that time. 
Martin Griffiths replaced me as senior independent non-executive director with effect from 1 January 2015. Alex Short resigned as Finance 
Director of the Company on 29 August 2014. Alex was Finance Director of the Company for 6 years, across a period of major growth in  
the business, and the Board would like to thank Alex for his significant contribution to the Company during that time. We welcomed the 
appointment of Stuart Lorimer to the Board as Finance Director on 5 January 2015. Stuart is an experienced finance professional who  
held a wide range of senior financial roles and worked in many countries internationally during his 22 year career with Diageo plc.

Further details of the Board’s composition are given on pages 38 and 39.

John R. Nicolson
Chairman
24 March 2015

THE BOARD
The Company is led by a strong and experienced board of directors (the ‘Board’) which brings a depth and diversity of expertise to  
the leadership of the Company. The Board has an appropriate balance of skills, experience and knowledge of the Group to enable it to 
discharge its responsibilities effectively. The Board currently has eight members, comprising four executive directors, the non-executive 
Chairman, two independent non-executive directors and one non-independent non-executive director. Biographical details of the directors 
are set out on pages 38 and 39.

The roles of Chairman and Chief Executive are separate and there is a clear division of responsibilities between those roles. The Chairman 
leads the Board and ensures the effective engagement and contribution of all non-executive and executive directors. The Chairman also 
ensures that Board meetings are underpinned by a culture of openness and challenge, with sufficient time made available to debate issues 
arising. The Chief Executive has responsibility for all Group businesses and acts in accordance with the authority delegated from the 
Board. The senior independent non-executive director, M.A. Griffiths, is available to shareholders if they have concerns which have not 
been resolved via the normal channels of Chairman, Chief Executive, or the other executive directors, or where communication through 
such channels would be inappropriate.

The Board considers that M.A. Griffiths and P. Powell are independent for the purposes of provision B.1.1 of the U.K. Corporate Governance 
Code, issued by the Financial Reporting Council in September 2012 (the ‘Code’), and that the relationships and circumstances set out in that 
provision which may appear relevant to the determination of independence do not apply. The Board considers that, on appointment, the 
Chairman was independent for the purposes of provision A.3.1 of the Code. J.R. Nicolson and M.A. Griffiths both fulfilled the role of senior 
independent director during the year to 25 January 2015. J.R. Nicolson was the senior independent director until he became Chairman of the 
Company on 1 January 2015 and M.A. Griffiths became the senior independent director with effect from that date. In addition to his role as 
Chairman of the Company, J.R. Nicolson is a director of Stocks Spirits Group plc, deputy chairman of Compania Cervecerias Unidas S.A. 
(Chile) and director of North American Breweries Inc. The Board does not consider that J.R. Nicolson’s other commitments have any impact 
on his ability to discharge his duties as Chairman of the Company effectively.

The Articles require directors to retire and submit themselves for election at the first annual general meeting following appointment and  
to retire no later than the third annual general meeting after the annual general meeting at which they were last elected or re-elected. 
However, in order to comply with the Code, all directors will submit themselves for re-election at the AGM.

Details of directors’ remuneration and interests in shares of the Company are given in the Directors’ Remuneration Report on page 62.

45

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015 
 
 
 
Corporate Governance Report 
Continued

ROLE OF THE BOARD
The Board is responsible for the long term success of the Group, determines the strategic direction of the Group and reviews operating, 
financial and risk performance. There is a formal schedule of matters reserved for the Board, including approval of the Group’s annual 
business plan, the Group’s strategy, acquisitions, disposals and capital expenditure projects above certain thresholds, all guarantees, 
treasury policies, the financial statements, the Company’s dividend policy, transactions involving the issue or purchase of Company shares, 
borrowing powers, appointments to the Board, alterations to the memorandum and articles of association, legal actions brought by or 
against the Group above certain thresholds, and the scope of delegations to Board committees, subsidiary boards and the management 
committee. Responsibility for the development of policy and strategy and operational management is delegated to the executive directors 
and a management committee, which as at the date of this report includes the executive directors and eight senior managers.

BOARD PERFORMANCE EVALUATION
Every year the performance and effectiveness of the Board, its committees and individual directors is evaluated. This year the evaluation 
process was carried out internally, having been externally facilitated last year (2013/14). The process was led by the Chairman, who 
conducted a detailed and comprehensive evaluation process using written survey questionnaires. The non-executive directors, led by the 
senior independent director, carried out a performance evaluation of the Chairman, taking into account the views of the executive directors. 
The results of the evaluation were shared with all members of the Board. Overall, it was noted that the Board and its committees were 
operating in an effective manner and performing satisfactorily, with no major issues identified.

The Chairman is pleased to confirm that, following performance evaluation of the directors, all of the directors’ performances continue to 
be effective and all of the directors continue to demonstrate commitment to the role of director, including commitment of time for Board 
meetings and committee meetings and any other relevant duties.

INDEPENDENT PROFESSIONAL ADVICE
Directors can obtain independent professional advice at the Company’s expense in the performance of their duties as directors. None of 
the directors obtained independent professional advice in the period under review. All directors have access to the advice and the services 
of the Company Secretary. The non-executive directors have access to senior management of the business.

TRAINING AND DEVELOPMENT
On appointment to the Board, directors are provided with a full, formal and tailored programme of induction, to familiarise them with the 
Group’s businesses, the risks and strategic challenges the Group faces, and the economic, competitive, legal and regulatory environment  
in which the Group operates. A programme of strategic and other reviews, together with the other training provided during the year, ensures 
that directors continually update their skills, their knowledge and familiarity with the Group’s businesses, and their awareness of sector, risk, 
regulatory, legal, financial and other developments to enable them to fulfil effectively their role on the Board and committees of the Board.

MEETINGS AND ATTENDANCE
Board meetings are scheduled to be held seven times each year. Between these meetings, as required, additional Board meetings (and/or 
Board committee meetings) may be held to progress the Company’s business. A part of each Board meeting is dedicated to the discussion 
of specific strategy matters.

In advance of all Board meetings the directors are supplied with detailed and comprehensive papers covering the Group’s operating 
functions. Members of the management team attend and make presentations as appropriate at meetings of the Board. The Company 
Secretary is responsible to the Board for the timeliness and quality of information provided to it. The Chairman holds meetings with the 
non-executive directors during the year without the executive directors being present.

46

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015Corporate Governance Report 
Continued

The attendance of directors at scheduled Board and committee meetings in the year to 25 January 2015 was as follows:

Executive 

R.A. White* 

A.B.C. Short**

S. Lorimer***

J.D. Kemp 

A.L. Memmott

Non-executive 

R.G. Hanna****

W.R.G. Barr 

M.A. Griffiths

J.R. Nicolson*****

P. Powell

Board
Maximum 7

Audit Committee
Maximum 4

Remuneration 
Committee
Maximum 6

Nomination 
Committee
Maximum 6

7

4

1

7

7

6

7

7

7

7

2

2

1

–

–

–

4

4

3

4

4

–

–

–

–

5

6

6

6

6

5

–

–

–

–

5

6

6

6

6

R.A. White attended Board committee meetings during the year by invitation. 

* 
**  A.B.C. Short resigned from the Company on 29 August 2014 and could have attended a maximum of four Board meetings. A.B.C. Short attended Audit Committee meetings 

during the year by invitation. 

***  S. Lorimer joined the Company on 5 January 2015 and could have attended a maximum of one Board meeting. S. Lorimer attended an Audit Committee meeting during  

the year by invitation.

****  R.G. Hanna retired from the Board on 31 December 2014 and could have attended a maximum of six Board meetings, five Remuneration Committee meetings and five 

Nomination Committee meetings.

***** J.R. Nicolson was appointed Chairman of the Company on 1 January 2015 and could have attended a maximum of three Audit Committee meetings.

CONFLICTS OF INTEREST
The Articles allow the Board to authorise potential conflicts of interest that may arise from time to time, subject to certain conditions.  
The Company has established appropriate conflicts authorisation procedures, whereby actual or potential conflicts are regularly reviewed 
and authorisations sought as appropriate. During the year, no such conflicts arose and no such authorisations were sought.

COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD
The terms of reference of the principal committees of the Board – Audit, Remuneration and Nomination – have been approved by the 
Board and are available on the Company’s website, www.agbarr.co.uk.

Those terms of reference have been reviewed in the current year and are reviewed at least annually. The work carried out by the Nomination 
Committee in discharging its responsibilities is summarised below. The work carried out by the Audit Committee is described within the 
Audit Committee’s Report on pages 51 to 53. The work carried out by the Remuneration Committee is described within the Directors’ 
Remuneration Report on pages 54 to 77.

NOMINATION COMMITTEE
The Nomination Committee comprises J.R. Nicolson, W.R.G. Barr, M.A. Griffiths and P. Powell. J.R. Nicolson replaced R.G. Hanna as 
Chairman of the Nomination Committee following R.G. Hanna’s retirement from the Company on 31 December 2014. The Nomination 
Committee leads the process for making appointments to the Board and ensures that there is a formal, rigorous and transparent procedure 
for the appointment of new directors to the Board. The remit of the Nomination Committee also includes reviewing the composition of the 
Board through a full evaluation of the skills, knowledge and experience of directors and ensuring plans are in place for orderly succession for 
appointments to the Board. The Nomination Committee also makes recommendations to the Board on the membership of its committees.

The Nomination Committee is required, in accordance with its terms of reference, to meet at least once per year. The Nomination 
Committee met six times during the year and considered, amongst other matters, the recruitment of a Finance Director and an additional 
non-executive director for recommendation to the Board. In identifying a potential new Finance Director and non-executive director, the 
Nomination Committee retained the services of The Zygos Partnership, an external search consultant. The Zygos Partnership has no 
other connection with the Company other than the provision of these services. 

47

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015Corporate Governance Report 
Continued

During the year the Nomination Committee also considered the appointment of J.R. Nicolson as Chairman of the Board with effect from 
1 January 2015. It was announced on 27 May 2014 that J.R. Nicolson would assume the role of Deputy Chairman with immediate effect 
and take on the role of Chairman following R.G. Hanna’s retirement from the Company on 31 December 2014. In light of J.R. Nicolson’s 
extensive experience in the consumer goods and beverages sectors, the Nomination Committee considered that he had all of the skills 
and experience necessary to successfully fulfil the role of Deputy Chairman. Accordingly, the Nomination Committee did not consider  
it necessary to seek guidance from external search consultants, or place open advertisements, in relation to the appointment of  
J.R. Nicolson as Deputy Chairman. During the transition period between 27 May and 31 December 2014, the Nomination Committee  
did not have any basis upon which to reconsider that earlier view and accordingly J.R. Nicolson was appointed Chairman of the Board 
with effect from 1 January 2015.

The Board recognises the importance of diversity to the success of the business and is firmly committed to giving due consideration to  
all aspects of diversity, including gender diversity. Appointments to the Board are made on merit, against objective criteria, and with due 
regard for the benefits of diversity on the Board. Whilst no formal measurable objectives have been set for female representation at Board 
level, the Board remains committed to the principles of gender diversity.

The disclosure relating to gender diversity within the Company is included in the Corporate Responsibility Report forming part of the 
Strategic Report on page 34.

TREASURY COMMITTEE
The Treasury Committee consists of R.A. White, S. Lorimer and senior members of the finance and purchasing departments. The Treasury 
Committee reviews purchase requirements in foreign currencies and implements strategies, including the use of foreign exchange hedges, 
in order to reduce the risk of foreign exchange exposure and provide certainty over the value of non-domestic purchases in the short to 
medium term. The Treasury Committee’s remit also includes the ability to utilise certain financial instruments in order to hedge the Group’s 
exposure to interest rate fluctuations.

INTERNAL CONTROL
The Board has overall responsibility for the Group’s internal control systems and annually reviews their effectiveness, including a review  
of financial, operational, compliance and risk management controls. The implementation and maintenance of the risk management and 
internal control systems are the responsibility of the executive directors and other senior management. The systems are designed to 
manage rather than eliminate the risk of failure to achieve business objectives and to provide reasonable, but not absolute, assurance 
against material misstatement or loss.

The Board has reviewed the effectiveness of the internal control systems, including controls related to financial, operational and reputational 
risks identified by the Group, in accordance with the Code for the period from 27 January 2014 to the date of approval of this annual report.

No significant failings or weaknesses were identified during this review. Had any failings or weaknesses been identified then the Board 
would have taken the action required to remedy them.

At the Audit Committee meeting on 15 January 2015, following a review and evaluation of the controls and systems in place, the Audit 
Committee concluded that the Group has a sound system of internal controls in place.

The Board confirms that there is an ongoing process, embedded in the Group’s integrated internal control systems, allowing for the 
identification, evaluation and management of significant business risks, as well as a reporting process to the Board. The Board requires 
the departments within the Group to undertake at least an annual review to identify new or potentially under-managed risks. The results of 
these reviews are reported to the Board via the Audit Committee. This process has been in place throughout the year ended 25 January 
2015 and up to the date of the approval of this annual report.

The three main elements of the Group’s internal control system, including risk identification, are as follows:

The Board
The Board has overall responsibility for the Group’s internal control systems and exercises this through an organisational structure with 
clearly defined levels of responsibility and authority as well as appropriate reporting procedures.

The Board has a schedule of matters that are brought to it, or its duly authorised committees, for decision, aimed at maintaining effective 
control over strategic, financial, operational and compliance issues.

This structure includes the Audit Committee which, with the Finance Director, reviews the effectiveness of the internal financial and 
operating control environment.

48

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015Corporate Governance Report 
Continued

Financial reporting
There is a comprehensive strategic planning, budgeting and forecasting system with an annual operating plan approved by the Board. 
Monthly financial information, including trading results, cash flow statement, statement of financial position and indebtedness, is reported.

The Board and the management committee review their business and financial performance against the prior year and against annual 
plans approved by the Board.

Audits and reviews
The key internal risks identified in the Group are subject to regular audits or reviews by the internal auditors. This role is fulfilled by an 
external professional services firm which is independent from the Board and the Company.

The review of the internal auditors’ work by the Audit Committee and monitoring procedures in place ensure that the findings of the  
audits are acted upon and subsequent reviews confirm compliance with any agreed action plans.

The Board confirms that there has been an independent internal audit function in place for the year.

SHARE CAPITAL STRUCTURE
The share capital structure of the Company is set out in the Directors’ Report.

U.K. CORPORATE GOVERNANCE CODE COMPLIANCE
The Company is committed to the principles of corporate governance contained in the Code. A copy of the Code is available on the 
Financial Reporting Council’s website, www.frc.org.uk.

Each of the provisions of the Code has been reviewed and, where necessary, steps have been taken to ensure that the Company is  
in compliance with all of those provisions as at the date of this report.

The directors consider that the Company has complied throughout the year ended 25 January 2015 with the provisions of the Code, 
except as set out below.

Prior to 29 August 2014, the Board comprised four executive directors, the non-executive Chairman, and three independent non-executive 
directors. In addition, W.R.G. Barr was a non-executive director during the year although he is not considered by the Board to be independent. 
Following A.B.C. Short’s resignation on 29 August 2014, the Board composition was the same with the exception that there were three 
executive directors. Following R.G. Hanna’s retirement on 31 December 2014, J.R. Nicolson’s appointment as Chairman on 1 January 2015 
and S. Lorimer’s appointment as Finance Director on 5 January 2015, the Board comprised four executive directors, the non-executive 
Chairman, two independent non-executive directors and one non-independent non-executive director. Accordingly, during the year to 
25 January 2015 the composition of the Board did not, at any time, comply with provision B.1.2 of the Code.

The non-compliance of the Board’s committees with the provisions of the Code was for the limited period from 1 January to 25 January 
2015 for the year ended 25 January 2015 and was a consequence of R.G. Hanna’s retirement on 31 December 2014 and J.R. Nicolson’s 
appointment as Chairman on 1 January 2015.

The composition of the Company’s Audit Committee and Remuneration Committee did not comply with provisions C.3.1 and D.2.1 of the Code 
at all times during the year to 25 January 2015 due to the fact that these Committees did not, during the period 1 January 2015 to 25 January 
2015, comprise at least three independent non-executive directors. With regard to the Audit Committee, this non-compliance was due to  
J.R. Nicolson stepping down from the Audit Committee following his appointment as Chairman of the Company on 1 January 2015, following 
which the Audit Committee comprised two independent non-executive directors and one non-independent non-executive director. With 
regard to the Remuneration Committee, this non-compliance was due to J.R. Nicolson ceasing to qualify as an independent non-executive 
director for the purposes of provision D.2.1 of the Code following his appointment as Chairman of the Company on 1 January 2015, following 
which the Remuneration Committee comprised two independent non-executive directors, one non-independent non-executive director and 
the Chairman of the Company. In addition, at the request of the Board, J.R. Nicolson continued to chair the Remuneration Committee following 
his appointment as Chairman of the Company on 1 January 2015 until the recruitment of a new independent non-executive director with the 
capability to replace him in that capacity could be completed. In this regard, the Board is pleased to confirm that David Ritchie, CEO of Bovis 
Homes plc, will join the Board and its sub-committees on 1 April 2015, replacing J.R. Nicolson as Chairman of the Remuneration Committee, 
with effect from 1 July 2015. Following these appointments, the composition of these Committees will comply with the revised U.K. Corporate 
Governance Code issued by the Financial Reporting Council in September 2014 (the ‘2014 Code’) in full, which will apply to the Company from 
its 2015/16 financial year.

49

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015Corporate Governance Report 
Continued

The composition of the Company’s Nomination Committee did not comply with provision B.2.1 of the Code at all times during the year  
to 25 January 2015 due to the fact that this Committee did not, during the period 1 January 2015 to 25 January 2015, comprise a majority  
of independent non-executive directors. This non-compliance was due to R.G. Hanna retiring from the Board on 31 December 2014  
and J.R. Nicolson replacing him as Chairman of the Nomination Committee, following which the Nomination Committee comprised two 
independent non-executive directors, one non-independent non-executive director and the Chairman of the Nomination Committee.  
Again, following the appointment of David Ritchie to the Nomination Committee, the composition of this Committee will comply with  
the 2014 Code in full.

Provision D.1.5 of the Code recommends that executive directors’ contracts contain a maximum notice period of one year. As disclosed  
in the Directors’ Remuneration Report, the service contracts with R.A. White, J.D. Kemp and A.L. Memmott provide for a notice period  
of 12 months except during the six months following either a takeover of or by the Company or a Company reconstruction. Under these 
conditions and certain circumstances the directors are entitled to a liquidated damages payment equal to the director’s basic salary at 
termination plus the value of all contractual benefits for a two year period. Given the size of the Company and the sector dynamics at the 
time these directors were recruited, the Remuneration Committee considered this provision appropriate in order to attract and retain high 
calibre executive directors. As disclosed in the Directors’ Remuneration Report, this provision will continue to be honoured as a contractual 
commitment made to these directors; however this provision was not included in S. Lorimer’s service contract and will not be included in 
service contracts with other new executive directors appointed in future.

A copy of the financial statements has been placed on the Company’s website, www.agbarr.co.uk. The maintenance and integrity of this 
website is the responsibility of the directors. Legislation in the U.K. governing the preparation and dissemination of financial statements 
may differ from legislation in other jurisdictions.

By order of the Board

J.A. Barr
Company Secretary
24 March 2015

50

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015Audit Committee Report

COMPOSITION
The Audit Committee comprises three non-executive directors: M.A. Griffiths, W.R.G. Barr and P. Powell. J.R. Nicolson was also a 
member of the Audit Committee until his appointment as Chairman of the Company on 1 January 2015. The Audit Committee is chaired 
by M.A. Griffiths. The Board is satisfied that M.A. Griffiths has recent and relevant financial experience as required by provision C.3.1 of 
the Code. Biographical details relating to each of the committee members are shown on pages 38 and 39.

MEETINGS
The Audit Committee met four times during the year. The meetings are attended by the committee members and, by invitation, the Finance 
Director, the Central Financial Controller, the Company Secretary and representatives from the external and internal auditors. The Audit 
Committee regularly meets with executive directors and management, as well as privately with the external and internal auditors.

ROLE AND RESPONSIBILITIES
The primary role of the Audit Committee is to assist the Board in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities. This includes:
 – monitoring the integrity of the annual and interim financial statements and formal announcements relating to the Group’s financial 

performance and reviewing any significant financial reporting judgements and disclosures which they contain;

 – reporting to the Board on the appropriateness of the Group’s accounting policies and practices;
 – reviewing and monitoring the effectiveness of the Group’s internal control and risk management systems;
 – reviewing and monitoring the effectiveness of the internal audit function and management’s responsiveness to any findings  

and recommendations;

 – reviewing and monitoring the appropriateness of the Group’s whistle-blowing procedures;
 – making recommendations to the Board in relation to the appointment and removal of the external auditor and approving its 

remuneration and terms of engagement;

 – reviewing and monitoring the external auditor’s independence and objectivity and the effectiveness of the audit process;
 – reviewing the policy on the engagement of the external auditor to supply non-audit services; and
 – reporting to the Board on how it has discharged its responsibilities.

ACTIVITIES OF THE AUDIT COMMITTEE
During the year the Audit Committee has:
 – reviewed and discussed with the external auditor the key accounting considerations and judgements reflected in the Group’s results for 

the six month period ended 27 July 2014;

 – reviewed and agreed the external auditor’s audit strategy memorandum in advance of its audit for the year ended 25 January 2015;
 – discussed the report received from the external auditor regarding its audit in respect of the year ended 25 January 2015, which report 

included comments on its findings on internal control and on the disclosure of risks and a statement on its independence and objectivity;
 – received and reviewed reports from management regarding their approach to key accounting considerations and judgements in the half 

year and full year financial statements;

 – reviewed the half year and full year financial statements;
 – reviewed the Group’s risk register and the control of the Group’s financial and business risks, including those relating to trade receivables;
 – discussed and agreed the nature and scope of the work to be performed by the external and internal auditors;
 – reviewed the results of this audit work and the response of management to matters raised;
 – reviewed the effectiveness of the Group’s system of internal control (including financial, operational, compliance and risk management 

controls) and the appropriateness of the Group’s whistle-blowing procedures;

 – reviewed the effectiveness of the Group’s anti-bribery systems and controls;
 – received reports from internal audit covering various aspects of the Group’s operations, controls and processes;
 – made a recommendation to the Board on the reappointment of the internal auditor;
 – made recommendations to the Board on the reappointment and remuneration of the external auditor and monitored the performance  

of the auditor;

 – monitored and reviewed the performance of the internal auditor and the effectiveness of the Group’s internal audit activities;
 – reviewed its policies on the supply of non-audit services by the external auditor and on the employment of former employees of the 

Group’s external auditor;

 – reviewed the non-audit services provided to the Group by the external auditor and monitored and assessed the independence of both 

the external and internal auditors; and

 – reviewed the performance of the Audit Committee and its terms of reference.

51

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015Audit Committee Report 
Continued

SIGNIFICANT AREAS
The significant matters and key accounting judgements considered by the Audit Committee during the year were:
 – the carrying value of brand support accruals: judgement is required when ascertaining the level of accrual required in relation to 

promotions and brand support campaigns that span the year end, or where settlement has not been fully and finally settled by the year 
end, or which relate to prior years. During the year the Audit Committee received presentations from members of the senior management 
team on the commercial investment process. It also received and considered reports from management on the level of accruals at the 
half year and at the year end. The Audit Committee was content that there were no issues arising; and

 – the valuation of inventory: the valuation of inventory is judgemental due to the volatile nature of raw material commodity prices and,  

as the Group uses standard costing, changes in production levels can lead to purchase price variances which require to be accounted 
for correctly. In addition, perpetual inventory counts were implemented at all of the Group’s sites during the year. During the year the 
Audit Committee received and considered a report from the internal auditor regarding the controls operating in relation to inventory 
management. The Audit Committee discussed and challenged management’s judgements in relation to inventory valuation and 
considered reports from the external auditor on this area and were satisfied that inventory valuations were reasonable.

OTHER AREAS
Other matters considered by the Audit Committee during the year were:
 – Exceptional items: the Audit Committee considered reports received from management in relation to the classification and presentation 
of certain items as exceptional and was satisfied with the treatment and presentation of various items which arose during the year as 
exceptional, the majority of which related to the closure of the Tredegar and Wembley sites.

 – Defined benefit pension scheme valuation: the Audit Committee considered and was satisfied with a report received from the Group’s 
external auditor relating to their review of the Group’s defined benefit pension scheme valuation assumptions and asset movements, 
which formed part of the report prepared by the Group’s external auditor regarding its audit in respect of the year ended 25 January 2015.

 – Termination of contractual arrangements with Schweppes International Limited (‘SIL’): the Audit Committee considered and was 

satisfied with the accounting treatment of various items arising from the termination of contractual arrangements with SIL in relation  
to the Orangina brand.

The Audit Committee receives regular presentations from members of the senior management team. During the past year, the Audit 
Committee has considered presentations from representatives of the management team on the Commonwealth Games project, 
commercial investment and the management of chilled equipment.

EXTERNAL AUDIT
The Group’s external auditor is KPMG LLP. The Audit Committee reviews the external auditor’s performance, independence and 
objectivity annually. The Audit Committee ensures that procedures are in place to safeguard the external auditor’s independence and 
objectivity. The external auditor reports regularly to the Audit Committee on the actions that it has taken to comply with professional  
and regulatory requirements and current best practice in order to maintain its independence and objectivity.

The Group has a policy in place which ensures that the provision of non-audit services by the external auditor does not impair the 
auditor’s independence or objectivity. Where fees for any non-audit project are expected to exceed £50,000, the prior approval of the 
Chairman of the Audit Committee and the Finance Director is required. Where fees for non-audit projects are in aggregate expected to 
exceed £150,000, the prior approval of the Audit Committee is required. Details of the amounts paid to the external auditor during the year 
for audit and non-audit services are set out in Note 3 to the financial statements. Whilst fees for non-audit services were approximately 
twice those for audit services, the Audit Committee considered the nature and level of non-audit services provided and was satisfied that 
the objectivity and independence of the external auditor were not affected by the non-audit work undertaken. A significant proportion  
of the non-audit fees during the year were for services provided in relation to the acquisition of Funkin Limited and the majority of the 
remainder related to the provision of tax advisory and compliance services. The level of fees for non-audit services was considered by 
KPMG’s ethics partner who concluded that they did not present a threat to KPMG’s independence.

KPMG Audit Plc was appointed as the Group’s external auditor in May 2009 following a competitive tender process. A resolution proposing 
the appointment of KPMG LLP, KPMG Audit Plc’s parent entity, as the Group’s external auditor was approved by shareholders at the 2014 
AGM. There are no contractual obligations which restrict the Audit Committee’s choice of external auditor. The senior statutory auditor 
rotates every five years to ensure independence; an audit partner rotation took place at the end of the 2013/14 financial year and the Audit 
Committee took steps to ensure that a new appropriately qualified and independent senior statutory auditor became responsible for the 
audit of the Group’s 2014/15 financial statements. The Audit Committee acknowledges the new requirement under the Code to tender the 
external audit contract at least every ten years. The Audit Committee carried out a review during the year and continues to be satisfied  
with KPMG LLP’s performance and that it remains objective and independent. The Audit Committee has recommended to the Board  
that a resolution proposing the appointment of KPMG LLP be put to shareholders at the 2015 AGM.

52

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015Audit Committee Report 
Continued

INTERNAL AUDIT
At the beginning of each year, an internal control plan is developed by the internal auditor following meetings with directors and senior 
managers within the business and with reference to the significant risks contained within the Group’s risk register and identified controls. 
The Audit Committee receives updates on progress against the internal control plan throughout the year.

Martin A. Griffiths
Chairman of the Audit Committee
24 March 2015

53

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015Directors’ Remuneration Report

REMUNERATION COMMITTEE – CHAIRMAN’S STATEMENT
On behalf of the Board, I am pleased to present the Directors’ Remuneration Report for the year to 25 January 2015, which sets out the 
Directors’ Remuneration Policy and the Annual Report on Remuneration. The Directors’ Remuneration Policy was approved by a binding 
vote at the 2014 AGM and became effective for three years from the close of that meeting. For ease of reference, we are including the 
Policy in this year’s Directors’ Remuneration Report. The Annual Report on Remuneration provides details of the amounts earned in 
respect of the year ended 25 January 2015 and how the Policy will be operated for the year commencing 26 January 2015. 

I am delighted to report on the strong level of support received from shareholders, as evidenced by the voting outcomes at the 2014 AGM. 
The resolutions seeking approval of the new 2014 Long Term Incentive Plan, the Directors’ Remuneration Policy and the Annual Report on 
Remuneration were supported by over 96% of the votes cast.

During the year the Company appointed the Group’s new Finance Director, Stuart Lorimer. In order to fully integrate Stuart within the business 
and align his interests with those of his peers, the Committee proposes to bring Stuart into the existing LTIP awards, although scaled back to 
reflect his reduced period of employment over the performance periods. Details of the recruitment award are set out on page 59.

I was appointed Chairman of the Group on 1 January 2015. At the request of the Board, I agreed to continue to chair the Remuneration 
Committee until the recruitment of a new independent non-executive director with the capability to replace me in this capacity could be 
completed. In this regard, I am delighted to confirm that David Ritchie, CEO of Bovis Homes plc, will join the Board on 1 April 2015 and 
replace me as chair of the Remuneration Committee with effect from 1 July 2015. 

2014/15 key decisions and pay outcomes
The Remuneration Committee remains committed to a responsible approach to executive pay. As described in the Strategic Report,  
the Group has continued to grow revenue and volume ahead of the U.K. soft drinks market, with revenue for the year to 25 January 2015  
of £260.9m, an increase of 2.7% on the prior year. Underlying pre-tax profit increased by 10.0% to £41.9m compared to the prior year. 
Against this background and taking into account executive directors’ performance against strategic objectives, an annual bonus of 75.5%  
of salary was paid to R.A. White, J.D. Kemp and A.L. Memmott in respect of the year to 25 January 2015. Details of the pro-rated annual 
bonus paid to A.B.C. Short to reflect his period in office and his contribution to the business during the 2014/15 financial year are set  
out on pages 57 and 58. S. Lorimer joined the Board on 5 January 2015 and accordingly was not paid a bonus in respect of the year to 
25 January 2015. Average EPS growth for the three years to 25 January 2015 exceeded the average EPS for the three years preceding  
that period (both being adjusted for Retail Price Index) by 13.4%. As a result, the Long Term Incentive Plan (‘LTIP’) awards granted in  
April 2012 vested at 31.9%. Further detail in relation to the annual bonus payment and LTIP vesting are included on pages 56 to 58.

Proposed changes in executive director remuneration for 2015/16
The Remuneration Committee has continued to monitor executive remuneration policy to take account of evolving market practice and its 
alignment with the strategic direction of the business (see the Strategic Report on pages 1 to 37 for further details), whilst also seeking to 
ensure that there is continuity to the structure of executive pay.

In line with the range of salary increases across the Group, an increase of 3% will be made to the executive directors’ base salaries with 
effect from 1 April 2015. 

The performance metrics for variable pay are unchanged. For the annual bonus the performance metrics will continue to be a combination 
of a key financial performance metric of the business and strategic measures. Growth in EPS will continue to be used as the performance 
measure for awards granted under the 2014 LTIP in 2015/16. Further details are included on page 59. 

A malus provision was included in the LTIP rules which were approved by shareholders at the 2014 AGM. The Remuneration Committee 
intends to review the operation of malus and clawback provisions for all variable pay during 2015/16 in light of the changes in the 2014 
edition of the U.K. Corporate Governance Code. The Remuneration Committee will consider emerging market practice before a decision 
is made and reported to shareholders next year.

The terms of reference of the Remuneration Committee are available on the Company’s website, www.agbarr.co.uk 

John R. Nicolson
Chairman of the Remuneration Committee 
24 March 2015

54

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015Directors’ Remuneration Report 
Continued

Annual report on remuneration
The following parts of the Remuneration Report are subject to audit, other than the elements explaining the application of the 
remuneration policy for 2015/16.

Single figure table – audited information
The aggregate remuneration provided to directors who have served as directors in the year ended 25 January 2015 is set out below,  
along with the aggregate remuneration provided to such directors for the financial year ended 26 January 2014.

Year ended 25 January 2015

Director

Executive

R.A. White

S. Lorimer**

J.D. Kemp

A.L. Memmott

A.B.C. Short*

Non-executive

R.G. Hanna***

W.R.G. Barr

M.A. Griffiths

J.R. Nicolson

P. Powell

Total

Year ended 26 January 2014

Director

Executive

R.A. White

J.D. Kemp

A.L. Memmott

A.B.C. Short

Non-executive

R.G. Hanna

W.R.G. Barr

M.A. Griffiths

J.R. Nicolson

P. Powell****

Total

Salary/fees 
£000

Benefits 
£000

Bonus 
£000

Long term 
incentives 
£000

Pension 
£000

Total  
remuneration 
£000

421

19

221

197

136

118

44

51

59

44

1,310

30

2

23

23

14

N/a

N/a

N/a

N/a

N/a

92

320

0

168

149

104

N/a

N/a

N/a

N/a

N/a

741

196

0

104

93

0

N/a

N/a

N/a

N/a

N/a

393

108

1,075

4

42

42

29

N/a

N/a

N/a

N/a

N/a

225

25

558

504

283

118

44

51

59

44

2,761

Salary/fees 
£000

Benefits 
£000

Bonus 
£000

Long term 
incentives† 
£000

Pension 
£000

Total 
remuneration 
£000

406

213

190

248

123

41

45

45

10

1,321

29

22

22

22

N/a

N/a

N/a

N/a

N/a

95

237

124

111

144

N/a

N/a

N/a

N/a

N/a

616

185

104

93

116

N/a

N/a

N/a

N/a

N/a

498

132

40

52

48

N/a

N/a

N/a

N/a

N/a

272

989

503

468

578

123

41

45

45

10

2,802

* 
A.B.C. Short resigned as an executive director on 29 August 2014.
**  S. Lorimer was appointed as an executive director on 5 January 2015.
***   R.G. Hanna retired as a non-executive director on 31 December 2014.
****  P. Powell was appointed as a non-executive director on 1 November 2013.
†  The long term incentives figure for the year to 26 January 2014 has been restated to reflect the market value of the shares that vested on 30 April 2014 as at that date. The long 
term incentives figure for the year to 26 January 2014 set out in the Annual Report to 26 January 2014 used the share price as at 26 January 2014 as an estimate of the market 
value of those shares.

55

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Remuneration Report 
Continued

The total long term incentives figure of £498,000 for the year to 26 January 2014 is the gain made by directors in the year to 25 January 
2015 on the LTIP awards that vested on 30 April 2014. No other long term incentive schemes were in place for either of the two years 
presented and no share options were exercised by any of the directors in either year.

The figures in the single figure table above are derived from the following:

(a) Salary and fees The amount of salary/fees received in the year. A salary sacrifice arrangement is operated by the Company. 

Employees who join this arrangement no longer pay contributions to the pension schemes but receive a  
lower taxable salary. Directors’ salaries are shown gross of salary sacrifice pension contributions. 

(b) Benefits

The value of benefits received in the year. These include car allowance, fuel benefit, the value of SAYE options 
vesting in the year, and AESOP free and matching shares awarded in the year.

(c) Bonus

(d)  Long term 
incentives

(e) Pension

SAYE: option shares are valued at the market price of the option shares at the date of vesting less the option 
exercise price.

AESOP: free and matching shares are valued at market value at the date of award.

Details of the executive directors’ interests in the SAYE are set out on page 65.

A description of the annual bonus in respect of the year and Group performance against which the bonus pay-out 
was determined is provided on pages 57 and 58.

The value of LTIP awards that vest in respect of the year. 

LTIP: the shares which will vest in respect of the year have been valued based on the market value of the shares 
at 25 January 2015. The value of the shares which vested in respect of the prior year was the market value of the 
shares on the vesting date.

Details of the executive directors’ interests in the LTIP are set out on page 65.

The pension figure includes:
 – for individuals in the A.G. BARR p.l.c. (2008) Pension and Life Assurance Scheme (the ‘Scheme’) defined 

contribution section, the Company’s contributions to the defined contribution section, excluding any pension 
contributions made in respect of an individual under the Company’s salary sacrifice arrangement; 

 – for individuals in the Scheme’s defined benefit section, the additional value achieved in the year calculated 

using the HMRC method (using a multiplier of 20); and

 – the value of the accrued liability for the year in respect of the Company’s contribution for each director 

participating in the URBS.

Further details of pension benefits are set out on pages 60 to 61.

Individual elements of remuneration
Base salary and fees
Details of annual base salaries for individual executive directors for the year ended 25 January 2015 and for the following year are set out 
in the table below:

Executive director

R.A. White

S. Lorimer

J.D. Kemp

A.L. Memmott

A.B.C. Short

Base salary for year to  
25 January 2015 
£000

Base salary for year to  
30 January 2016 
£000

421

250 

221

197

257

434

256

227

203

N/a

Increase 
%

3.0

3.0

3.0

3.0

N/a 

56

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015Directors’ Remuneration Report 
Continued

Details of non-executive directors’ fees for the year ended 25 January 2015 and for the following year are set out in the table below:

Year to 25 January 2015 
£000

Year to 30 January 2016 
£000

Increase 
%

Non-executive director fee

Chairman of the Company

Basic fee

Additional fee for chairing Audit Committee

Additional fee for chairing Remuneration Committee

Additional fee for Senior Independent Director

130

44

8

8

2

134

45

8

8

2

Benefits – audited information
The benefits figure for each of the executive directors is detailed as follows:

Year ended 25 January 2015

Executive Director

R.A. White

S. Lorimer

J.D. Kemp

A.L. Memmott

A.B.C. Short

Total

Year ended 26 January 2014 

Executive Director

R.A. White

J.D. Kemp

A.L. Memmott

A.B.C. Short

Total

Car and fuel benefit 
£000

SAYE 
£000

AESOP awards 
£000

26

2

19

19

11

77

0

0

0

0

0

0

4

0

4

4

3

15

Car and fuel benefit 
£000

SAYE 
£000

AESOP awards 
£000

26

19

19

19

83

0

0

0

0

0

3

3

3

3

12

3.0

3.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

Total 
£000

30

2

23

23

14

92

Total 
£000

29

22

22

22

95

The value of the AESOP awards are the sum of the AESOP free and matching shares awarded to the directors in the year. 

Annual bonus
The maximum annual bonus award opportunity for each executive director in respect of the year to 25 January 2015 was 100% of salary. 
80% of the bonus was assessed against the year on year increase in profit before tax, excluding exceptional items, and 20% was based 
on non-financial strategic measures. R.A. White, J.D. Kemp and A.L. Memmott received a total of £637k as annual bonus for the year, 
representing 75.5% of each director’s salary.

The target for the proportion of the annual bonus based on the year on year increase in profit before tax and performance against that 
target is set out in the table below. 50% of this element of the bonus could be earned for on-target performance and this increases on  
a linear scale for performance against the set target up to a maximum of 80% of salary.

Adjusted profit before tax growth

Performance  

Actual  

Maximum percentage  

Actual percentage  

target

7.5%

performance

10.0%

of bonus

80%

of bonus

55.5%

Non-financial strategic measures were set according to the executive director’s role and the needs of the business during the financial year. 
The Remuneration Committee considers that detailed strategic targets are commercially sensitive and should remain confidential to the 
Company. However, in summary the measures related to certain revenue growth targets by brand and geography, successful execution of the 
Glasgow 2014 Commonwealth Games sales and marketing campaign, and certain targets related to Company change programme projects. 
An excellent performance against these measures by each of the executive directors resulted in 20% of the annual bonus vesting. 

57

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Remuneration Report 
Continued

A.B.C. Short resigned as an executive director of the business on 29 August 2014. Taking into consideration A.B.C. Short’s contribution  
to the business during the bonus period and performance against annual bonus targets, A.B.C. Short received an annual bonus equal  
to £104k. In line with the Group’s policy on payments for loss of office, the award was pro-rated to reflect his time in service during the 
bonus period.

Annual bonus for 2015/16
For the 2015/16 financial year, an element of the annual bonus (20% of basic salary) will continue to be assessed against strategic 
measures to align our reward structure with key strategic priorities and to encourage behaviours which facilitate profitable growth and  
the future development of the business. The remainder of the annual bonus will continue to be assessed against growth in Group profit 
before tax. Performance targets will be set at the challenging levels of previous years. 50% of the annual bonus will be earned for on-target 
performance. The actual performance targets are not disclosed as they are considered to be commercially sensitive at this time and should 
therefore remain confidential to the Company. The Remuneration Committee will continue to disclose how the bonus pay-out delivered 
relates to performance against the targets on a retrospective basis. No changes are proposed to the maximum annual bonus opportunity 
which will remain at 100% of salary.

Long term incentives – audited information
Awards vesting in respect of the financial period
LTIP awards granted in April 2012 were subject to the achievement of an average EPS growth performance condition over a three year 
period ending 25 January 2015. Awards vest if the average EPS for the three years running up to and including the year of calculation 
exceeds the average EPS of the three years preceding that period, both being adjusted for Retail Price Index (‘RPI’), by 10% or more.  
EPS is calculated on the basis of profit before tax, adjusted to exclude exceptional items and other significant non-recurring items which 
the Remuneration Committee considers appropriate. No part of an award vests if EPS growth is less than 10% above RPI over the three 
year period. 20% vests where EPS growth exceeds RPI by 10%; 100% of an award vests where EPS growth exceeds RPI by 32.5% or 
more, with straight line vesting between the two. The maximum value of any award of shares is 100% of basic salary. 

Details of LTIP awards vesting in respect of the financial period are set out below: 

Year ended 25 January 2015

Executive Director

R.A. White

J.D. Kemp

A.L. Memmott

A.B.C. Short

Total

Year ended 26 January 2014

Executive Director

R.A. White

J.D. Kemp

A.L. Memmott

A.B.C. Short

Total

Total shares 
Number

98,172

52,332

46,857

0

197,361

Total shares 
Number

78,705

44,271

39,654

49,191

211,821

Award rate 
%

31.9%

31.9%

31.9%

N/a

Award rate 
%

38.2%

38.2%

38.2%

38.2%

Shares  
awarded 
Number

31,327

16,699

14,952

N/a 

62,978

Shares  
awarded 
Number

30,039

16,897

15,135

18,775

80,846

Share price at  
25 January 2015 
£

6.25

6.25

6.25

N/a

Share price  
at award date* 
£

6.16

6.16

6.16

6.16

LTIP value 
£000

196

104

93

N/a

393

LTIP value 
£000

185

104

93

116

498

*  The long term incentives figure for the year to 26 January 2014 has been restated to reflect the market value of the shares that vested on 30 April 2014 as at that date. The long 
term incentives figure for the year to 26 January 2014 set out in the Annual Report to 26 January 2014 used the share price as at 26 January 2014 as an estimate of the market 
value of those shares.

58

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015Directors’ Remuneration Report 
Continued

Awards granted during the financial period 
In respect of the year ended 25 January 2015 the following LTIP awards were granted equating to 125% of salary:

Executive Director

R.A. White

J.D. Kemp

A.L. Memmott

Type of award

LTIP award

ESOS award*

LTIP award

ESOS award*

LTIP award

ESOS award*

Number  
of shares

84,354 

4,784

44,234

4,784

39,399

4,784

Face value  
at grant 
£000

% of award vesting  
at threshold 
%

Performance  
period 
Years

529

30

277

30

247

30

20.0

20.0

20.0

20.0

20.0

20.0

3

3

3

3

3

3

*  ESOS awards were granted in the form of market value options under the HMRC tax-approved section of the ESOS and are subject to the same performance measures as  
apply to the LTIP awards. If the ESOS awards are exercised at a gain then LTIP awards will be scaled back to the same value to ensure that the total pre-tax value delivered  
to participants remains unchanged.

The performance condition for these LTIP awards is as described above for LTIP awards granted in April 2012, with the exception that the 
average EPS growth target is adjusted for CPI and is calculated on the basis of profit after tax not profit before tax. The salary used in the 
calculation of the award is the individual director’s salary at 1 April 2014. 

Long term incentives 2015/16
The previous LTIP (the ‘2003 LTIP’) was approved by shareholders in May 2003 and expired in May 2013. The Remuneration Committee 
took the opportunity to review the remuneration policy for the executive directors, including the LTIP. After engagement with major 
shareholders, shareholders approved a new LTIP (the ‘2014 LTIP’) at the 2014 AGM. 

The Remuneration Committee is keen to ensure that the 2014 LTIP uses appropriate measures consistent with the Company’s strategic 
objectives, including the long term delivery of sustainable growth. The Remuneration Committee has therefore concluded that EPS growth 
should continue to be used as the performance measure for the 2014 LTIP.

The detailed performance metrics proposed are as follows:

EPS growth

% linked to award

100%

Threshold vesting at 20% 
of the maximum award

Maximum vesting at 100% 
of the maximum award

10%

32.5%

There is straight-line vesting between the points and no reward below threshold performance. 
 – EPS – this is a key measure of the Company’s profitability. Awards vest if the average EPS for the three years running up to and 

including the year of calculation exceeds the average EPS of the three years preceding that period, both being adjusted for CPI, by at 
least 10%. EPS is calculated on the basis of profit after tax, adjusted to exclude exceptional items and other significant non-recurring 
items which the Remuneration Committee considers appropriate. No part of an award vests if EPS growth is less than 10% above CPI 
over the three year period. 20% vests where EPS growth exceeds CPI by 10%; 100% of an award vests where EPS growth exceeds CPI 
by 32.5% or more, with straight line vesting between the two.

Awards made to the executive directors in 2015/16 will equate to 125% of salary. However, as referenced in the Chairman’s statement,  
in addition to S. Lorimer’s normal 2015/16 LTIP award, the Board proposes to grant S. Lorimer a performance related recruitment award  
in two tranches as follows:
 – An award equal to 25% of salary which will be subject to growth in EPS over the three financial years ending 2015/16, which will vest  

in April 2016.

 – An award equal to 50% of salary which will be subject to growth in EPS over the three financial years ending 2016/17, which will vest  

in June 2017.

The two tranches will be subject to the same growth in EPS targets as the existing LTIP awards granted to executive directors during 
2012/13 and 2013/14. In addition, the Remuneration Committee may also reduce the amount which would vest if it does not consider it  
to be a fair reflection of S. Lorimer’s contribution to the business during the performance periods. If S. Lorimer leaves within two years  
of being appointed, the Remuneration Committee will require S. Lorimer to pay back any of the recruitment award that has vested.  
Full disclosure will be provided in next year’s Directors’ Remuneration Report.

59

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015Directors’ Remuneration Report 
Continued

Total pension entitlements – audited information
Executive directors are all members of the A.G. BARR p.l.c. (2008) Pension and Life Assurance Scheme (the ‘Scheme’). The Scheme has 
a defined benefit section and a defined contribution section. The defined benefit section was closed to new entrants from 14 August 2003. 
R.A. White and A.L. Memmott are members of the defined benefit section.

Company contributions (which exclude any pension contributions made in respect of an individual under the Company’s salary sacrifice 
arrangement) are detailed in the following table:

Year to 25 January 2015

Director

R.A. White

S. Lorimer

J.D. Kemp

A.L. Memmott

A.B.C. Short

Total

Year to 26 January 2014

Director

R.A. White

J.D. Kemp

A.L. Memmott

A.B.C. Short

Total

Defined  
benefit 
£000

Defined  
contribution 
£000

0

0

N/a

4

N/a

4

Defined  
benefit 
£000

13

N/a

16

N/a

29

0

4

28

27

16

75

Defined  
contribution 
£000

0

37

35

35

107

URBS 
£000

95

0

14

11

12

132

URBS 
£000

91

3

1

12

107

Investment  
return on URBS 
£000

13

0

0

0

1

14

Investment  
return on URBS 
£000

28

0

0

1

29

Total 
£000

108

4

42

42

29

225

Total 
£000

132

40

52

48

272

The URBS is the A.G. BARR p.l.c. Unfunded Retirement Benefit Scheme for executive directors. Please see below for further details.

Details of the entitlements accruing to the two directors who are deferred members of the defined benefit section are detailed in the  
table below:

R.A. White

A.L. Memmott

Accrued pension at  
25 January 2015 
£000

68

44

Normal  

Retirement Age

63*

63*

*  The normal retirement age specified in the Scheme rules for R.A. White and A.L. Memmott is age 63, however both are also entitled under the Scheme rules to retire at age 60 

without an actuarial reduction to their pension benefits and without any consent required. 

Early retirement can be taken at age 55 subject to Company consent. The accrued pension would be reduced relative to age 60 to take 
account of its early payment. 

R.A. White ceased his accrual under the defined benefit plan on 5 April 2011; his deferred pension will be re-valued in line with RPI  
until his normal retirement date. In addition, R.A. White will continue to be entitled to receive life assurance benefits as if he were in 
pensionable service under the Scheme until his normal retirement date notwithstanding the termination of his employment with the 
Company, but only in circumstances where he is a ‘good leaver’. A.L. Memmott ceased his accrual under the defined benefit plan  
on 1 March 2008. His accrued benefits retain a link to his final pensionable salary. 

60

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015Directors’ Remuneration Report 
Continued

Dependants of the executive directors are eligible for dependants’ pensions and the payment of a lump sum in the event of death in 
service. Where the Scheme provides a pension on a defined benefit basis, final pensionable salary is used to determine the director’s 
pension entitlement. Where benefits are provided on a defined contribution basis, the benefits depend on the director’s accumulated 
fund. Lump sum life assurance cover is provided at four times pensionable salary. 

The Company paid contributions to the defined contribution section of the Scheme during the year in respect of J.D. Kemp, A.L. Memmott, 
A.B.C. Short and S. Lorimer. These are shown in the Defined Contribution column in the total pension entitlements table above. 

During the year to 25 January 2015, R.A. White, J.D. Kemp, A.L. Memmott and A.B.C. Short participated in the A.G. BARR p.l.c. Unfunded 
Retirement Benefit Scheme (‘URBS’) with the agreement of the Company. The URBS was approved by the Remuneration Committee and 
is an unfunded employer financed retirement benefits scheme. It was established to satisfy the Company’s contractual obligations to 
provide retirement benefits for the benefit of the executive directors. 

The overall maximum Company contribution under the URBS in respect of R.A. White is 26% of his salary (as defined under the rules of 
the URBS). The current Company contribution under the URBS in respect of R.A. White is 22.5% of his salary. The URBS figure for the 
directors represents a Company contribution only. 

The maximum combined Company contribution under the defined contribution section of the Scheme and the URBS in respect of the 
remaining executive directors is 19% of salary (as defined in the Scheme rules) rising to 26% following the executive’s 50th birthday.  
S. Lorimer did not participate in the URBS during the year to 25 January 2015.

An accrued liability of £543,349 (2014: £398,776) is included in the closing balance sheet for the URBS. The liability has been accrued in 
respect of the directors as follows:

Executive Director

R.A. White

J.D. Kemp

A.L. Memmott

A.B.C. Short*

Total URBS liability

Accrual at  
25 January 2015 
£

Accrual at  
26 January 2014 
£

513,757

18,318

11,274

Nil

543,349

367,846

4,612

734

25,584

398,776

*  A.B.C. Short terminated his employment with the Company on 29 August 2014. A cash payment of £39,081.70 was made to A.B.C. Short during the year in accordance with the 

rules of the URBS, representing the liability accrued in respect of him under the URBS up to that date. No further amounts are accrued in respect of A.B.C. Short under the URBS. 

Payments to past directors
There were no payments made to past directors during the year in respect of services provided to the Company as a director. 

Payments for loss of office 
During the year, the Remuneration Committee exercised its discretion to award A.B.C. Short a pro-rated annual bonus to reflect his period 
in office and his contribution to the business during the 2014/15 financial year. All unvested LTIP awards lapsed upon A.B.C. Short ceasing 
to be an executive director of the Company. No other payments for loss of office were made during the year.

Statement of directors’ shareholding and share interests – audited information
In order to further align the executive directors’ long term interests with those of shareholders, the Remuneration Committee introduced 
new share ownership guidelines applicable from 2017/18. The guidelines require that, with effect from 2017/18, when the first awards 
granted under the 2014 LTIP are due to vest, executive directors retain all shares acquired under Company sponsored share plans and 
retain up to half of any bonus pay-out after tax to purchase shares in the Company until the value of their shareholding is equal to 125%  
of gross basic salary. Until this shareholding is acquired, the executive directors may not, without Remuneration Committee approval,  
sell shares other than to finance any tax liabilities arising from the vesting of LTIP awards. Prior to 2017/18, executive directors are required 
to retain all shares acquired under Company sponsored share plans until the value of their shareholding is equal to 100% of gross basic 
salary. At the year end, R.A. White, J.D. Kemp and A.L. Memmott met the 100% of gross basic salary requirement applicable for the year 
to 25 January 2015. S. Lorimer was appointed to the Board on 5 January 2015 and is to build up a shareholding equal to 100% of his 
gross basic salary in accordance with the shareholding guidelines.

61

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015Directors’ Remuneration Report 
Continued

The interests of each executive director of the Company as at 25 January 2015 (including those held by their connected persons) were:

Director

Type

Executive

R.A. White

Shares

LTIP shares

ESOS shares

SAYE options

AESOP free shares

AESOP matching shares

S. Lorimer

Shares

LTIP shares

ESOS shares

SAYE options

AESOP free shares

AESOP matching shares

Shares – non-beneficial holding*

J.D. Kemp

Shares

ESOS shares

LTIP shares

SAYE options

AESOP free shares

AESOP matching shares

A.L. Memmott

Shares

LTIP shares

ESOS shares

SAYE options

AESOP free shares

AESOP matching shares

Non-executive

W.R.G. Barr

Shares

Shares – non-beneficial holding**

M.A. Griffiths

J.R. Nicolson

P. Powell

Shares

Shares

Shares

Owned outright

during the year

Exercised  

Subject to 
performance 
conditions

Not subject to 
performance 
conditions

Total as at  

25 January 2015

Unvested

351,218

N/a

N/a

N/a

N/a

N/a

N/a

N/a

1,000

N/a

N/a

N/a

N/a

N/a

N/a

137,271

N/a

N/a

N/a

N/a

N/a

93,392

N/a

N/a

N/a

N/a

N/a

12,462,234

N/a

5,400

5,500

0

30,039

258,171

N/a

N/a

477

90

N/a

N/a

N/a

N/a

N/a

0

N/a

N/a

N/a

4,784

N/a

N/a

N/a

N/a

N/a

N/a

N/a

N/a

N/a

N/a

N/a

4,784

16,897

136,233

N/a

477

90

N/a

N/a

N/a

N/a

N/a

15,135

121,588

N/a

N/a

477

93

N/a

N/a

N/a

N/a

N/a

4,784

N/a

N/a

N/a

N/a

N/a

N/a

N/a

N/a

N/a

N/a

N/a

5,202

N/a

447

N/a

N/a

N/a

N/a

N/a

0

N/a

N/a

N/a

N/a

5,566

N/a

447

N/a

N/a

N/a

5,202

N/a

453

N/a

N/a

N/a

N/a

N/a

351,218

258,171

4,784

5,202

N/a

447

1,000

N/a

N/a

N/a

N/a

0

1,286,104

137,271

4,784

136,233

5,566

N/a

447

93,392

121,588

4,784

5,202

N/a

453

12,462,234

10,128,708

5,400

5,500

0

S.Lorimer’s non-beneficial shareholding represents his position as director of Robert Barr Ltd, the trustee of various employee benefit trusts. 

* 
**  W.R.G. Barr’s non-beneficial shareholding represents his position as trustee of various family and charitable trusts.

The ‘Owned outright’ shares set out in the table above are the shares owned outright by the directors. These include any AESOP free 
shares awarded during the year and any shares awarded during the year following vesting under the LTIP. 

The number of AESOP free and matching shares awarded and shares vesting under the LTIP in the year are included in the ‘Exercised 
during the year’ column. 

62

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015Directors’ Remuneration Report 
Continued

The following sections of the Remuneration Report are not subject to audit. 

Performance graph and table
The graph below shows the Company’s Total Shareholder Return (TSR) performance against the FTSE 250 excluding investment trusts over 
the past six years. In the opinion of the Board, the FTSE 250 excluding investment trusts is the most appropriate index against which the TSR 
of the Company should be measured because it represents a broad equity market index of which the Company is a constituent member.

Total Shareholder Return

400

300

200

100

0

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

2015

Year to January

¢ A.G. BARR	 ¢ FTSE 250 Ex. Investment Trusts

CEO remuneration for previous six years – audited information
The table below shows details of the total remuneration, annual bonus and LTIP paid out for R.A. White over the last six financial years.

Year ended 25 January 2015

Year ended 26 January 2014

Year ended 26 January 2013

Year ended 28 January 2012

Year ended 29 January 2011

Year ended 30 January 2010

Total  
remuneration 
£000

Annual bonus as a % of 
maximum opportunity 
%

LTIP as a % of maximum 
opportunity 
%

1,075

989

1,086

1,070

1,204

951

75.5%

57.8%

50.0%

46.0%

75.0%

73.4%

31.9%

38.2%

68.5%

99.3%

92.9%

45.0%

Percentage change in CEO remuneration
The table below sets out, in relation to salary, taxable benefits and annual bonus, the increase between the pay for the year ended 
26 January 2014 and the pay for the year ended 25 January 2015 for R.A. White compared to the wider workforce, calculated on  
a per capita basis. For these purposes, the wider workforce includes all Group employees but excludes non-executive directors. 

Percentage change

Salary

Benefits

Annual bonus

CEO

3.7%

3.4%

35.0%

Wider workforce  

(per capita)

4.4%

0.5%

(0.7)%

63

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015 
 
 
 
Directors’ Remuneration Report 
Continued

Relative importance of spend on pay
The following table sets out the percentage change in dividends and the overall expenditure on pay (as a whole across the organisation).

Dividends

Overall expenditure on pay

* 
Dividends payable in respect of the year ended 26 January 2014.
**  Dividends payable in respect of the year ended 25 January 2015.

Year ended  
25 January 2014 
£000

12,839*

38,580

Year ended  
26 January 2015 
£000

14,152**

40,859

% change

10.2%

5.9%

Consideration by the directors of matters relating to directors’ remuneration
The following directors were members of the Remuneration Committee during the year: J.R. Nicolson (Chairman), R.G. Hanna (retired 
31 December 2014), M.A. Griffiths, W.R.G. Barr and P. Powell.

The Remuneration Committee meets at least twice a year and is responsible for determining, within agreed terms of reference, all aspects of 
the remuneration of the executive directors and such other members of senior management as it is designated to consider. The Remuneration 
Committee reviews the remuneration trends, pay levels and employment conditions across the Group. The Remuneration Committee is also 
responsible for recommending the remuneration of the Chairman of the Company to the board. 

During the year, the Remuneration Committee received advice from R.A. White (CEO) in respect of the remuneration of the other executive 
directors, who was not in attendance when his own remuneration was being discussed. The Remuneration Committee received assistance 
from J.A. Barr (Company Secretary), who acts as secretary to the Committee, and from other members of management, who may attend 
meetings by invitation, except when matters relating to their own remuneration are being discussed. 

External adviser
During the year, the Remuneration Committee was assisted in its work by the following external consultant:

Adviser

Deloitte LLP (Deloitte)

Details of appointment

Appointed by the 
Remuneration 
Committee in  
January 2014 
following a 
competitive  
tender process.

Fees paid by the  
Company for advice to the 
Remuneration Committee  
and basis of charge

£37,400

Charged on a time/
cost basis or fixed  
fee dependent on 
nature of project.

Other services provided  
to the Company in the year 
ended 25 January 2015

Share schemes 
advice.

Consulting services  
in relation to sales 
data analytics.

Consulting services 
in relation to the 
replacement of  
the Company’s  
ERP system.

Services provided  
by the Adviser

Review of executive 
directors’ variable 
pay arrangements.

Executive and 
non-executive 
benchmarking.

Market update in the 
context of executive 
remuneration.

Advice on the new 
reporting regulations 
in connection with 
the disclosure 
of Directors’ 
remuneration.

The Remuneration Committee is satisfied that all advice received was objective and independent. Deloitte is a member of the 
Remuneration Consultants Group and, as such, voluntarily operates under the Code of Conduct in relation to executive remuneration 
consulting in the U.K.

64

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015Directors’ Remuneration Report 
Continued

Statement of voting at last AGM
The following table sets out actual voting in respect of the resolution to approve the Directors’ Remuneration Report at the Company’s 
Annual General Meeting on 27 May 2014.

Resolution

Votes for

Approve remuneration report

73,348,375

% of vote

96.83

Votes against

% of vote

Votes withheld

2,401,469

3.17

34,666

Additional information
Executive directors’ interests in the LTIP
The individual interests of the executive directors under the LTIP are as follows:

LTIP 
Director

R.A. White

J.D. Kemp

A.L. Memmott

Date of award

26 April 2011

04 April 2012

09 April 2013

03 June 2014

26 April 2011

04 April 2012

09 April 2013

03 June 2014

26 April 2011

04 April 2012

09 April 2013

03 June 2014

At 26 January  
2014 
Number

78,705

98,172

75,645

0

0

0

0

84,354

44,271

52,332

39,667

0

0

0

0

44,234

39,654

46,857

35,332

0

0

0

0

39,399

Awarded 
Number

Vested 
Number

Lapsed 
Number

At 25 January  
2015 
Number

Exercisable from

(30,039)

(48,666)

0

30 April 2014

0

0

0

0

0

0

98,172

75,645

84,354

30 April 2015

30 April 2016

03 June 2017

(16,897)

(27,374)

0

30 April 2014

0

0

0

0

0

0

52,332

39,667

44,234

30 April 2015

30 April 2016

03 June 2017

(15,135)

(24,519)

0

30 April 2014

0

0

0

0

0

0

46,857

35,332

39,399

30 April 2015

30 April 2016

03 June 2017

Executive directors’ interests in the ESOS
The individual interests of the executive directors under the ESOS are as follows:

ESOS 
Director

R.A. White

J.D. Kemp

A.L. Memmott

Date of award

03 June 2014

03 June 2014

03 June 2014

At 26 January 
2014 
Number

0

0

0

Awarded 
Number

4,784

4,784

4,784

Vested 
Number

Lapsed 
Number

At 25 January 
2015 
Number

0

0

0

0

0

0

4,784

4,784

4,784

Exercisable from

03 June 2017

03 June 2017

03 June 2017

Executive directors’ interests in the SAYE
The individual interests of the executive directors under the SAYE scheme are as follows:

SAYE

R.A. White

J.D. Kemp

A.L. Memmott

At 26 January  
2014 
Number

Granted 
Number

Exercised 
Number

Lapsed 
Number

At 25 January 
2015 
Number

Option price  

Pence

0

0

0

0

0

0

4,113

1,089

4,896

670

4,113

1,089

254

358

254

358

254

358

4,113

1,089

4,896

670

4,113

1,089

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

65

Exercisable from

01 October 2015

01 January 2018

01 October 2015

01 January 2018

01 October 2015

01 January 2018

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015Directors’ Remuneration Report 
Continued

AESOP free shares 
The following free share awards to the executive directors were made under the AESOP scheme: 

R.A. White 

A.L. Memmott

J.D. Kemp 

A.B.C. Short

Date of award 
and vesting date

11 June 2014

11 June 2014

11 June 2014

11 June 2014

Share price on 
date of award 
Pence

At 26 January 
2014 
Number

Shares 
awarded 
Number

Shares vested 
Number

Shares lapsed 
Number

At 25 January 
2015 
Number

Value 
vested 
£000

628

628

628

628

–

–

–

–

477

477

477

477

(477)

(477)

(477)

(477)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

3

3

3

3

Approval
This Report was approved by the Board and signed on its behalf by:

John R. Nicolson
Chairman of the Remuneration Committee 
24 March 2015

66

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015Directors’ Remuneration Report 
Continued

Directors’ Remuneration Policy
This part of the report sets out the Company’s Directors’ remuneration policy which was approved by shareholders at the 2014 AGM  
and became effective for three years from the close of that meeting. The policy for the executive directors has been determined by the 
Remuneration Committee. The policy is due to be reviewed by shareholders at the 2017 AGM. 

Executive directors
The table below describes each of the elements of the remuneration package for the executive directors.

Element

Purpose and  
link to strategy

Operation

Base salary Core element of 

Usually reviewed annually. 

fixed remuneration, 
reflecting the  
size and scope  
of the role.

Purpose is to  
recruit and retain 
directors of the 
calibre required  
for the Company.

Salary levels are determined by the 
Remuneration Committee taking into 
account a range of factors including:
 – role, experience and individual 

performance;

 – pay for other employees in the Group;
 –  prevailing market conditions; and 
 – external benchmarks for similar roles  

at comparable companies.

Benefits

Ensures the  
overall package  
is competitive.

Purpose is to  
recruit and retain 
directors of the 
calibre required  
for the Company.

Executive directors receive benefits in 
line with market practice, including a car 
allowance or provision of a company car, 
a biennial health check, life assurance and 
the ability to ‘buy’ or ‘sell’ holidays under 
the Company’s flexible benefits plan.

Other benefits may be provided based 
on individual circumstances. These may 
include, for example, relocation and  
travel allowances. 

Maximum opportunity

Performance measures

Not applicable.

Not applicable.

Although there is no overall 
maximum, salary increases are 
normally reviewed in the context  
of the salary increases across 
the wider Group.

The Remuneration Committee 
may award salary increases 
above this level to take account 
of individual circumstances 
such as:
 –  increase in scope and 

responsibility;

 –  increase to reflect the 
executive director’s 
development and 
performance in the role; or 

 –  alignment to market level.

Whilst the Remuneration 
Committee has not set an 
absolute maximum on the 
levels of benefits executive 
directors receive, the value of 
the benefit is at a level which 
the Remuneration Committee 
considers appropriate against 
the market and provides 
sufficient level of benefit based 
on individual circumstances.

67

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015 
Element

Annual 
bonus

Purpose and  
link to strategy

Rewards 
performance 
against annual 
targets which 
support the 
strategic 
direction of  
the Group.

Directors’ Remuneration Report 
Continued

Operation

Maximum opportunity

Performance measures

Maximum bonus opportunity  
is 100% of base salary.

Awards based on annual performance 
against key financial and/or strategic 
targets and/or the delivery  
of personal objectives. 

Pay-out levels are determined by the 
Remuneration Committee after the year 
end based on performance against  
those targets.

The Remuneration Committee has 
discretion to amend the bonus pay-out 
if, in its judgement, any formulaic output 
does not produce a fair result for either the 
executive director or the Company, taking 
into account overall business performance.

Targets are set 
annually reflecting the 
Company’s strategy 
and aligned with key 
financial, strategic and/
or individual objectives.

Targets, whilst 
stretching, do 
not encourage 
inappropriate business 
risks to be taken.

At least 80% of the 
bonus is assessed 
against key financial 
performance metrics 
of the business and 
the balance may be 
based on non-financial 
strategic measures 
and/or individual 
performance.

Financial metrics

There is no minimum 
payment at threshold 
performance, 50% of 
the maximum potential 
for this element of 
the bonus will be 
paid out for on-target 
performance and all of 
the maximum potential 
will be paid out for 
maximum performance. 

Non-financial or 
individual metrics

Vesting of the non-
financial or individual 
metrics will apply on 
a scale between 0% 
and 100% based on 
the Remuneration 
Committee’s 
assessment of the 
extent to which a non-
financial or individual 
performance metric has  
been met.

68

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015Element

Long Term 
Incentive 
Plan 2014

Purpose and  
link to strategy

Incentivises 
executive 
directors over  
the longer  
term and aligns 
their interests  
with those  
of shareholders.

Directors’ Remuneration Report 
Continued

Operation

Maximum opportunity

Performance measures

The normal maximum award 
is 125% of annual base salary 
in respect of a financial year. 
Under the share plan rules the 
overall maximum opportunity 
that may be granted in respect 
of a financial year will be 200% 
of annual base salary.  

The normal maximum award 
limit will only be exceeded in 
exceptional circumstances 
involving the recruitment or 
retention of a senior employee. 
These limits do not include the 
value of shares subject to any 
tax-approved option granted  
as part of an ALTIP award.

The vesting of 
awards is subject to 
the satisfaction of 
performance targets set 
by the Remuneration 
Committee.

The performance 
measures are reviewed 
regularly to ensure 
they remain relevant 
but will be based on 
financial measures and/
or comparative total 
shareholder return 
related measures. The 
relevant metrics and the 
respective weightings 
may vary each year 
based upon Company 
strategic priorities. 
For 2015/16 100% of 
awards will be based 
on earnings per share 
growth.

Performance measures 
and weightings for 
following years will be 
set out in the directors’ 
annual remuneration 
report for the relevant 
year.

For achievement of 
threshold performance 
20% of the maximum 
opportunity will vest. 

There will usually be 
straight line vesting 
between threshold and 
maximum performance.

Where a tax-approved 
option is granted as 
part of an ALTIP award, 
the same performance 
conditions will apply  
to the tax-approved 
option as apply to the 
LTIP award.

The Remuneration Committee intends to 
make long term incentive awards under the 
new 2014 LTIP which was put to shareholders 
for approval at the 2014 AGM.

Under the 2014 LTIP, awards of conditional 
shares, nil cost share options or other such 
form as has the same economic effect may 
be made with vesting dependent on the 
achievement of performance conditions 
set by the Remuneration Committee, 
normally over a three year performance 
period. Awards granted over shares may 
be settled in cash at the election of the 
Remuneration Committee.

As described on page 76, awards may  
also vest in ‘good leaver’ circumstances 
or on the death of a participant or on a 
change of control. 

The Remuneration Committee has the right 
to reduce unvested or unexercised awards 
and/or delay their vesting if there has been 
a material misstatement of the Group’s 
financial results or if the participant has  
been guilty of misconduct. 

The Remuneration Committee may make 
a dividend equivalent payment (‘Dividend 
Equivalents’) to reflect dividends that 
would have been paid over the period to 
vesting on shares that vest. This payment 
may be in the form of additional shares  
or a cash payment equal to the value of 
those additional shares.

The Remuneration Committee may at its 
discretion structure awards as Approved 
Long Term Incentive Plan (‘ALTIP’) awards 
comprising both an HMRC tax-approved 
option granted under the Executive Share 
Option Scheme (‘ESOS’) and an LTIP award. 
ALTIP awards enable the participant and 
Company to benefit from HMRC tax-
approved option tax treatment in respect 
of part of the award, without increasing 
the pre-tax value delivered to participants. 
ALTIP awards would be structured as a tax-
approved option and a LTIP award, with the 
vesting of the LTIP award scaled back to take 
account of any gain made on exercise of the 
tax-approved option. 

Other than to enable the grant of ALTIP 
awards, the Company will not grant awards 
to executive directors under the ESOS.

69

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015 
 
Directors’ Remuneration Report 
Continued

Maximum opportunity

Performance measures

Participation limits are those  
set by the U.K. tax authorities 
from time to time. 

No performance 
conditions are attached 
to awards in line with 
HMRC practice.

Element

All 
employee 
share 
schemes

Purpose and  
link to strategy

Operation

To encourage 
all employees to 
make a long-term 
investment in 
the Company’s 
shares in a tax 
efficient way.

Executive directors are entitled to 
participate in an HMRC tax-approved  
all-employee Savings Related Share 
Option Scheme (‘SAYE’) under which  
they make monthly savings over a period 
of three or five years linked to the grant of 
an option over the Company’s shares with 
an option price which can be at a discount 
of up to 20% of the market value of shares  
on grant. 

Executive directors are also entitled to 
participate in an HMRC tax-approved 
All-Employee Share Ownership Plan 
(‘AESOP’). The executive directors 
participate in both sections of the AESOP, 
being the partnership and matching 
section and the free share section. 

70

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015Directors’ Remuneration Report 
Continued

Element

Retirement 
benefits

Purpose and  
link to strategy

Operation

Purpose is to 
recruit and retain 
directors of the 
calibre required 
for the Company.

Provides market 
competitive post-
employment 
benefits (or 
cash allowance 
equivalent).

Executive directors are eligible to participate 
in the A.G. BARR p.l.c. (2008) Pension and 
Life Assurance Scheme (the ‘Scheme’), 
which comprises a defined contribution 
section and a defined benefit section. The 
defined benefit section was closed to new 
entrants from 14 August 2003.

Details of the entitlements accruing to 
the two executive directors who are 
deferred members of the defined benefit 
section are detailed in the table on page 
60. The contributions paid to the defined 
contribution section in respect of four 
executive directors are disclosed on page 
60. Details of accruals under the URBS  
are disclosed on page 61. 

Executive directors may participate in the 
A.G. BARR p.l.c. Unfunded Retirement 
Benefit Scheme (‘URBS’) with the 
agreement of the Company. The URBS 
was established to satisfy the Company’s 
contractual obligations to provide 
retirement benefits for the benefit of the 
executive directors where either the annual 
or lifetime allowance has been exceeded 
whilst those individuals were members  
of the Scheme. 

Benefits will be receivable in certain 
circumstances, including on retirement, 
death, change of control or cessation of 
employment in accordance with the rules  
of the URBS.

In appropriate circumstances, executive 
directors may take a salary supplement 
instead of contributions into  
a pension plan.

Performance measures

Not applicable.

Maximum opportunity

R.A. White ceased his accrual  
under the defined benefit section on 
5 April 2011. The Company has set 
an overall maximum of 26% of salary 
as the Company contribution under 
the URBS in respect of R.A. White. 
However, current practice is set at 
22.5% of his salary (as defined under 
the rules of the URBS). 

The maximum combined Company 
contribution under the defined 
contribution section and the URBS 
in respect of the remaining executive 
directors is 19% of salary (as defined 
in the Scheme rules) rising to 26% 
following the executive’s 50th birthday. 

The Remuneration Committee 
has discretion to vary the delivery 
mechanism for retirement benefits, 
however the exercise of this discretion 
will not exceed the above limits for 
the provision of executive directors’ 
retirement benefits.

The Company has closed the defined 
benefits section of the Scheme to 
new members but the two executive 
directors who are deferred members 
will continue to receive benefits in 
accordance with the terms of the 
Scheme, subject to separately agreed 
contractual arrangements, including 
those summarised below:

R.A. White’s deferred pension will 
be re-valued in line with RPI until his 
normal retirement date. In addition, 
R.A. White will continue to be entitled 
to receive life assurance benefits 
as if he were in pensionable service 
under the Scheme until his normal 
retirement date notwithstanding 
the termination of his employment 
with the Company, but only in 
circumstances where he is a  
‘good leaver’, as set out in his  
service contract. 

A.L. Memmott’s accrued  
benefits retain a link to his  
final pensionable salary.

71

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015Directors’ Remuneration Report 
Continued

Chairman and non-executive directors
The table below sets out an overview of the remuneration of non-executive directors:

Purpose and link to strategy

Approach of the Company

Sole element of non-executive director remuneration, set at a 
level that reflects market conditions and is sufficient to attract 
individuals with appropriate knowledge and expertise.

Fees are normally reviewed annually.

The remuneration of the Chairman is determined by the 
Remuneration Committee. Fees are set at a level which reflects  
the skill, knowledge and experience of the individual, whilst taking 
into account appropriate market data.

The Board is responsible for setting the fees of the other non-
executive directors. Fees may include a basic fee and additional 
fees for further responsibilities (for example, chairmanship of board 
committees). Fees are set taking into account several factors, 
including the size and complexity of the business, appropriate 
market data and the expected time commitment and contribution 
for the role.

Non-executive directors do not participate in any of the Company’s 
share schemes or bonus schemes nor do they receive any pension 
contributions. Non-executive directors may be eligible to receive 
benefits such as the use of secretarial support, travel costs or  
other benefits that may be appropriate.

Actual fee levels are disclosed in the Directors’ annual 
remuneration report for the relevant financial year.

Explanation of performance metrics chosen and the target setting process
Performance measures are selected that are aligned to the Company’s strategy. Stretching performance targets are set each year for the 
annual bonus and long term incentive awards. When setting these performance targets, the Remuneration Committee will take into account 
a number of different reference points, which may include the Company’s business plans and strategy and the market environment. Full 
vesting will only occur for what the Remuneration Committee considers to be stretching performance. 

The annual bonus performance targets have been selected to provide an appropriate balance between incentivising directors to meet 
financial targets for the year and achieving strategic and/or personal objectives. 

The LTIP performance targets reflect the Company’s strategic objectives and therefore the financial and strategic decisions which ultimately 
determine the success of the Company. The LTIP performance measures will be based on financial measures, including (but not exclusively) 
Earnings Per Share growth, which is a key measure of the Company’s profitability, and/or comparative total shareholder return related 
measures. 

The Remuneration Committee retains the ability to adjust or set different performance measures if events occur (such as a change in 
strategy, a material acquisition and/or a divestment of a Group business or a change in prevailing market conditions) which cause the 
Remuneration Committee to determine that the measures are no longer appropriate and that amendment is required so that they achieve 
their original purpose.

Awards and options may be adjusted in the event of a variation of share capital in accordance with the scheme rules.

Policy for the remuneration of employees generally
Remuneration arrangements are determined throughout the Group based on the same principle that reward should be achieved for 
delivery of the business strategy and should be sufficient to attract and retain high calibre talent.

Under the rules of the ESOS and the 2014 LTIP, certain managers are eligible to participate in the ESOS and the 2014 LTIP; however there 
has been no such participation to date and there is no current intention to invite managers to do so. Senior managers were not eligible  
to participate in the 2003 LTIP. The annual bonus arrangements for the senior management team are similar to those for the executive 
directors in that targets are set annually dependent on financial and/or non-financial performance metrics. The key principles of the 
remuneration philosophy are applied consistently across the Group below this level, taking account of the seniority of employees. 

72

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015Directors’ Remuneration Report 
Continued

2003 Long Term Incentive Plan 
The table below describes the legacy 2003 LTIP for the executive directors.

Element

Purpose and link to strategy

Operation

Maximum opportunity

Performance measures

Long Term Incentive  
Plan 2003

Incentivises executive 
directors over the longer 
term and aligns their 
interests with those  
of shareholders.

The maximum award is 
100% of annual base 
salary in respect of  
a financial year.

Under the 2003 LTIP 
awards of conditional 
shares may be made 
with vesting dependent 
on the achievement of 
performance conditions, 
normally over a three year 
performance period. 

Awards may vest in ‘good 
leaver’ circumstances (as 
defined in the 2003 LTIP 
rules) or on the death of a 
participant. Awards may 
also vest on a takeover, 
merger or other corporate 
reorganisation or may be 
rolled over into shares in 
the acquiring company.

Awards may be adjusted 
in the event of a variation 
of share capital in 
accordance with the 
scheme rules.

The performance 
conditions are set 
by reference to the 
average earnings per 
share (‘EPS’) growth 
of the Company (RPI 
adjusted and excluding 
exceptional items and 
other significant non-
recurring items as the 
Remuneration Committee 
considers appropriate). 

No part of an award vests 
if EPS growth is less than 
10% over the three year 
period. 20% – 99.9% 
of an award vests on a 
sliding scale where EPS 
growth is 10% or more 
but less than 32.5%. 
100% of an award vests 
where EPS growth 
exceeds RPI growth  
by 32.5% or more.

The Remuneration 
Committee retains the 
discretion to adjust the 
performance targets 
and measures where it 
considers it appropriate 
to do so.

Approach to recruitment remuneration
The policy aims to facilitate the appointment of individuals of sufficient calibre to lead the business and execute the strategy effectively for 
the benefit of shareholders. When appointing a new director, the Remuneration Committee seeks to ensure that arrangements are in the 
best interests of the Company and in line with market practice.

The Remuneration Committee will take into consideration a number of relevant factors, which may include the calibre of the individual, 
the candidate’s existing remuneration package, and the specific circumstances of the individual including the jurisdiction from which the 
candidate was recruited.

The Remuneration Committee will typically seek to align the remuneration package with the Company’s remuneration policy (as set out in  
the policy table). The maximum level of variable remuneration which may be granted (excluding buy-out awards referred to below) is 300% of 
salary (in line with this policy). Subject to this overall maximum variable remuneration, incentive awards will only be granted above the normal 
maximum annual award opportunities where the Remuneration Committee considers there to be a commercial rationale, which may include 
but is not limited to circumstances where an executive director is recruited at a time in the year when it would be inappropriate to provide a 
bonus or long-term incentive award for that year as there would not be sufficient time to assess performance. The quantum in respect of the 
months employed during the year may be transferred to the subsequent year so that reward is provided on a fair and appropriate basis. The 
Remuneration Committee will ensure that any such awards are linked to the achievement of appropriate and challenging performance targets 
and will be forfeited if performance or continued employment conditions are not achieved. The individual will usually move over time onto a 
remuneration package that is consistent with the normal maximum annual award opportunities set out in the policy table.

73

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015Directors’ Remuneration Report 
Continued

The Remuneration Committee retains discretion to include other remuneration components or awards which are outside the specific 
terms of the policy (but subject to the limit on variable remuneration) to facilitate the hiring of candidates of an appropriate calibre, where 
the Remuneration Committee believes there is a need to do so in the best interests of the Company. The Remuneration Committee would 
ensure that awards within the 300% of salary variable remuneration limit are linked to the achievement of appropriate and challenging 
performance measures. The Remuneration Committee does not intend to use this discretion to make a non-performance related incentive 
payment (for example a ‘golden hello’).

In some circumstances, the Remuneration Committee may make payments or awards to recognise or ‘buy-out’ remuneration arrangements 
forfeited on leaving a previous employer. The Remuneration Committee will normally aim to do so broadly on a like-for-like basis taking into 
account a number of relevant factors regarding the forfeited arrangements which may include the form of award, any performance conditions 
attached to the awards and the time at which they would have vested. These payments or awards are excluded from the maximum level of 
variable remuneration referred to above, however the Remuneration Committee’s intention is that the value awarded would be no higher than 
the expected value of the forfeited arrangements.

Any share awards referred to in this section will be granted as far as possible under the Company’s existing share plans. If necessary, and 
subject to the limits referred to above, recruitment awards may be granted outside of these plans as currently permitted under the Listing 
Rules which allow for the grant of awards to facilitate, in exceptional circumstances, the recruitment of an executive director.

Where a position is fulfilled internally, any ongoing remuneration obligations or outstanding variable pay elements shall be allowed to 
continue according to the original terms.

Fees payable to a newly-appointed Chairman or non-executive director will be in line with the fee policy in place at the time of appointment.

Illustrations of application of remuneration policy
The charts below set out an illustration of the remuneration policy for 2015/16 in line with the remuneration policy above and include base 
salary, pension, benefits and incentives. The charts provide an illustration of the proportion of total remuneration made up of each 
component of the remuneration policy and the value of each component. 

R.A. White Total remuneration (£000)

S. Lorimer Total remuneration (£000)

1,800

1,350

900

450

0

563.9

100%

890.7
12%
25%

63%

1,544.5

35%

28%

37%

Minimum 
performance

Performance 
in line with expectations

Maximum 
performance

1,000

750

500

250

0

329.4

100%

522.6
12%

25%

63%

908.8

35%

28%

37%

Minimum 
performance

Performance 
in line with expectations

Maximum 
performance

J.D. Kemp Total remuneration (£000)

A.L. Memmott Total remuneration (£000)

1,000

750

500

250

0

295.0

100%

466.4
12%
25%

63%

809.2

35%

28%

37%

Minimum 
performance

Performance 
in line with expectations

Maximum 
performance

¢ Base salary, benefits and pension	 ¢ Annual Bonus  ¢ LTIP

800

600

400

200

0

74

265.2

100%

417.9
12%

25%

63%

723.2

35%

28%

37%

Minimum 
performance

Performance 
in line with expectations

Maximum 
performance

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015Directors’ Remuneration Report 
Continued

Three scenarios have been illustrated for each executive director:

Minimum performance

Performance in line  
with expectations

Maximum performance

Fixed pay

Fixed elements of remuneration 
– base salary, benefits and 
pension only.

Base salary is the latest known 
salary (i.e. the salary effective 
from 1 April 2015) and the value 
for benefits has been calculated 
as per the single figure table on 
page 55. The value of benefits for 
S. Lorimer has been calculated 
based on the benefits he is 
expected to receive during 
2015/16.

Annual Bonus

No bonus

LTIP

No LTIP vesting

50% of salary awarded for 
achieving target performance.

20% of maximum award vesting 
(i.e. 25% of salary for achieving 
target performance).

100% of salary awarded 
for achieving maximum 
performance.

100% of maximum award 
vesting (i.e. 125% of salary 
for achieving maximum 
performance).

LTIP awards are included in the scenarios above at face value with no share price movement included. 

Service contracts
Executive directors’ contracts are on a rolling basis and may be terminated on 12 months’ notice by the Company or on 6 months’ notice 
by the executive. Service contracts for new directors will generally be limited to 12 months’ notice by the Company. 

The service contracts for R.A. White, J.D. Kemp and A.L. Memmott provide for a notice period of 12 months except during the six months 
following either a takeover of or by the Company or a Company reconstruction. Under these conditions and certain circumstances these 
directors are entitled to a liquidated damages payment equal to the director’s basic salary at termination plus the value of all contractual 
benefits for a two year period. In the event this liquidated damages payment is triggered, the director will also be deemed to be a ‘good 
leaver’ for the purposes of the Company’s share schemes. Given the size of the Company and the sector dynamics at the time these 
directors were recruited, the Remuneration Committee considered this provision appropriate in order to attract and retain high calibre 
executive directors. The Remuneration Committee is cognisant of the fact that these provisions do not reflect best practice. It has therefore 
considered the alternatives available to exit these contractual arrangements, including contractual buy-out. However, the Remuneration 
Committee concluded that it was not feasible to place a value on these rights, in order to remove them from the contracts, which would be 
acceptable to both parties. It therefore determined that the most appropriate approach would be to maintain the legacy provisions, however 
for all future appointments these provisions would not apply. The service contract for S. Lorimer does not contain these provisions.

Non-executive directors are appointed for an initial period of three years, subject to annual re-election by shareholders in accordance with the 
Code. Their appointments are terminable by either the Company or the directors themselves upon three months notice without compensation.

75

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015Directors’ Remuneration Report 
Continued

Payments for loss of office
The principles on which the determination of payments for loss of office will be approached are set out below:

Payment in lieu of notice

Annual bonus

2014 LTIP

Change of control

Mitigation

Other payments

Policy

Payments to executive directors upon termination of their service contracts will be equal  
to 12 months base salary or the highest annual rate earned by the executive during the 
preceding three years, whichever is higher (plus benefits in kind and pension contributions  
at the discretion of the Remuneration Committee). 

This will be at the discretion of the Remuneration Committee on an individual basis and 
the decision as to whether or not to award a bonus in full or in part will be dependent upon 
a number of factors, including the circumstances of the individual’s departure and their 
contribution to the business during the bonus period in question. Any bonus amounts paid 
will typically be pro-rated for time in service to termination and will, subject to performance, 
be paid at the usual time.

The extent to which any award under the 2014 LTIP will vest would be determined based on 
the leaver provisions contained within the 2014 LTIP rules. The Remuneration Committee  
shall determine when awards vest in accordance with those provisions. 

Awards will normally lapse if the participant leaves employment before vesting. However, 
awards may vest in ‘good leaver’ circumstances, including death, disability, ill-health, injury, 
sale of the participant’s employer, or any other reason determined by the Remuneration 
Committee. Any ‘good leaver’ awards will vest at the date of cessation of employment unless 
the Remuneration Committee decides they should vest at the normal vesting date. In either 
case, the extent to which an award vests will be determined by the Remuneration Committee 
taking into account the extent to which the performance conditions have been satisfied 
and, unless the Remuneration Committee determines otherwise, the period of time that has 
elapsed from the date of grant to the date of cessation of employment. The Remuneration 
Committee may vest the award on any other basis if it believes there are exceptional 
circumstances which warrant that.

Options are exercisable for six months from leaving employment or six months from the 
normal vesting date as appropriate.

Awards under the 2014 LTIP will generally vest early on a takeover, merger or other corporate 
reorganisation. The Remuneration Committee will determine the level of vesting taking 
account of performance conditions and, unless the Remuneration Committee determines 
otherwise, pro-rating for time, where applicable. Alternatively, participants may be allowed  
or required to exchange their awards for awards over shares in the acquiring company.

Awards under all employee share schemes will be expected to vest on a change of control 
and those which have to meet specific requirements to benefit from permitted tax benefits  
will vest in accordance with those requirements.

The executive directors’ service contracts do not provide for any reduction in payments for 
mitigation or for early payment. 

Payments may be made under the Company’s all employee share plans which are governed 
by HMRC tax-approved plan rules and which cover certain leaver provisions. There is no 
discretionary treatment of leavers under these plans. In appropriate circumstances, payments 
may also be made in respect of accrued holiday, outplacement and legal fees. 

Where a buy-out award is made under the Listing Rules then the leaver provisions would be determined at the time of the award.

The Remuneration Committee reserves the right to make additional exit payments where such payments are made in good faith in 
discharge of an existing legal obligation (or by way of damages for breach of such an obligation) or by way of settlement or compromise 
of any claim arising in connection with the termination of a director’s office or employment. In doing so, the Remuneration Committee will 
recognise and balance the interests of shareholders and the departing executive director, as well as the interests of the remaining directors.

Where the Remuneration Committee retains discretion it will be used to provide flexibility in certain situations, taking into account the 
particular circumstances of the director’s departure and performance.

76

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015Directors’ Remuneration Report 
Continued

Statement of consideration of employment conditions elsewhere in the Company
The Remuneration Committee generally considers pay and employment conditions elsewhere in the Company when considering the 
executive directors’ remuneration. When considering base salary increases, the Remuneration Committee reviews overall levels of base pay 
increases offered to other employees. Employees are not actively consulted on directors’ remuneration. The Company has regular contact 
with union bodies on matters of pay and remuneration for employees covered by collective bargaining or consultation arrangements. 

Existing contractual arrangements
The Remuneration Committee retains discretion to make any remuneration payments and payments for loss of office outside the policy  
in this report:
 – where the terms of the payment were agreed before the policy came into effect;
 – where the terms of the payment were agreed at a time when the relevant individual was not a director of the Company and, in the opinion 

of the Remuneration Committee, the payment was not in consideration of the individual becoming a director of the Company; or

 – to satisfy contractual commitments under legacy remuneration arrangements. 

For these purposes, the term ‘payments’ includes the satisfaction of awards of variable remuneration and, in relation to an award over 
shares, the terms of the payment are agreed at the time the award is granted. For the avoidance of doubt, the Remuneration Committee’s 
discretion includes discretion to determine matters in accordance with the rules of the 2003 LTIP, including the extent to which awards 
under that plan may vest on the fulfilment of performance conditions, in the event of the voluntary winding up of the Company, on a 
change of control, on the death of a participant, and in ‘good leaver’ circumstances. 

The Remuneration Committee may make minor changes to this policy which do not have a material advantage to directors, to aid in its 
operation or implementation, taking into account the interests of shareholders but without the need to seek shareholder approval. 

Statement of consideration of shareholder views
The Remuneration Committee is committed to an ongoing dialogue with shareholders and welcomes feedback on executive and non-
executive directors’ remuneration.

Prior to the 2014 LTIP being formally put to shareholders, the Remuneration Committee engaged with major shareholders and institutional 
investor bodies setting out the proposals and the detailed thinking and planning behind them.

77

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015Directors’ Statement

STATEMENT OF DIRECTORS’ RESPONSIBILITIES IN RESPECT OF THE ANNUAL REPORT AND THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report and the Group and parent Company financial statements in accordance 
with applicable law and regulations.

Company law requires the directors to prepare Group and parent Company financial statements for each financial year. Under that law 
they are required to prepare the Group financial statements in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the EU and applicable law and have 
elected to prepare the parent Company financial statements on the same basis.

Under company law the directors must not approve the financial statements unless they are satisfied that they give a true and fair view of 
the state of affairs of the Group and parent Company and of the consolidated profit or loss for that period. In preparing each of the Group 
and parent Company financial statements, the directors are required to:
 – select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently;
 – make judgements and estimates that are reasonable and prudent;
 – state whether they have been prepared in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the EU; and
 – prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis unless it is inappropriate to presume that the Group and the parent 

Company will continue in business.

The directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain the parent Company’s 
transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of the parent Company and enable them to ensure 
that its financial statements comply with the Companies Act 2006. They have general responsibility for taking such steps as are reasonably 
open to them to safeguard the assets of the parent Company and the Group and to prevent and detect fraud and other irregularities.

Under applicable law and regulations, the directors are also responsible for preparing a Directors’ Report, Directors’ Remuneration 
Report and Corporate Governance Statement that complies with that law and those regulations.

A copy of the Group and parent Company financial statements has been placed on the Company’s website, www.agbarr.co.uk. The 
directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the corporate and financial information included on the Company’s website. 
Legislation in the U.K. governing the preparation and dissemination of financial statements may differ from legislation in other jurisdictions.

DIRECTORS’ STATEMENT PURSUANT TO THE DISCLOSURE AND TRANSPARENCY RULES
Each of the directors, whose names and functions are set out on pages 38 to 39 of this report, confirm that, to the best of their knowledge:
 – the financial statements, prepared in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the EU, give a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities and 

financial position of the Group and parent Company and of the consolidated profit;

 – the Annual Report and Accounts includes a fair review of the development and performance of the business and the position of the 
Group and the undertakings included in the consolidation taken as a whole, together with a description of the principal risks and 
uncertainties faced by the Group; and

 – the Annual Report and Accounts, taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and understandable and provides the information necessary  

for shareholders to assess the Company’s performance, business model and strategy.

By order of the Board

R.A. White 
Chief Executive 
24 March 2015

S. Lorimer
Finance Director

78

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015 
 
 
 
 
Independent Auditor’s Report to the Members of A.G. BARR p.l.c. Only 

OPINIONS AND CONCLUSIONS ARISING FROM OUR AUDIT 
1  Our opinion on the financial statements is unmodified 
We have audited the financial statements of A.G. BARR p.l.c. for the year ended 25 January 2015 set out on pages 81 to 125. In our opinion: 
 – the financial statements give a true and fair view of the state of the group’s and of the parent company’s affairs as at 25 January 2015 and of the 

group’s profit for the year then ended; 

 – the group financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the 

European Union (IFRSs as adopted by the EU); 

 – the parent company financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the EU and as applied in 

accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006; and 

 – the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and, as regards the group 

financial statements, Article 4 of the IAS Regulation. 

2  Our assessment of risks of material misstatement 
In arriving at our audit opinion above on the financial statements the risks of material misstatement that had the greatest effect on our audit were 
as follows:

The risk 

Our response 

Brand support accruals (£12.5 million):
Refer to page 52 (Audit Committee Report), pages 88 and 93 (accounting policy) and page 114 (financial disclosures)

The group incurs significant costs in supporting and developing the 
group’s brands. Accounting for such costs at the year end is considered 
a significant audit risk due to the judgment involved in ascertaining the 
level of accrual required in relation to promotions and brand support 
campaigns that either span the year end, where settlement has not been 
fully and finally made by the year end or where prior year claims arise. 

Our procedures in relation to accounting for brand support costs 
included testing the group’s controls for authorising and reviewing  
such costs and challenging by reference to our knowledge of historical 
sales and other data, on a sample basis, the nature and level of key 
brand support accruals.

In addition our testing included agreeing samples of specific items 
within accruals to supporting documentation or correspondence  
with the customer to assess the brand support cost; and considering 
the accounting treatment for prior year claims from customers (which 
included reading and considering correspondence with key customers) 
that remained within accruals at the year end. 

We have considered the disclosures made in this area. 

Valuation of inventories (£16.8 million):
Refer to page 52 (Audit Committee Report), pages 90 and 93 (accounting policy) and page 110 (financial disclosures)

Inventory is a significant balance and the group’s main raw materials  
are commodities which can be subject to price volatility. As the group 
uses a standard cost as its basis of inventory valuation, changes in  
price and production levels lead to purchase price variances which,  
if not accounted for correctly, may lead to the valuation of inventories 
being misstated.

In this area, our procedures included testing the group’s controls over 
the tracking of purchase price variances, inventory movements and 
balances; comparing the cost of inventories for a sample of items to 
supporting documentation (e.g., purchase invoices) and considering  
for reasonableness (by reference to historical data and commodity 
price movements) the variances arising from the group’s standard 
costing system.

In addition our procedures included testing whether the standard 
costs which form the basis of the inventory valuation were set 
appropriately (e.g., by comparing standard costs back to supporting 
purchase invoices and other supporting costings) and reflected normal 
production levels, having been adjusted appropriately for any capacity 
underutilisation; and agreeing the calculation of overheads absorbed 
into inventory to supporting analyses of production costs incurred 
during the time of production of year-end inventory.

In our audit report for the year ended 26 January 2014 we also included accounting for the group’s property, plant and equipment as  
one of the risks of material misstatement that had the greatest effect on our audit due to the construction of the group’s facility at Milton 
Keynes during that year and the requirement to account for the expenditure and leases associated with that construction. We considered 
this risk to be less significant in the current year as the construction of the facility was fully completed in the prior year. 

79

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015Independent Auditor’s Report to the Members of A.G. BARR p.l.c. Only
Continued

3  Our application of materiality and an overview of the scope of our audit 
The materiality for the group financial statements as a whole was set at £1.4m (2013-14: £1.0m). This has been determined with reference to a 
benchmark of group profit before taxation of which it represents 4% (2013-14: 3%). This materiality level has increased from prior year as we 
consider, having had regard to the complexity and judgments within the financial statements and materiality applied to the group’s peers,  
a higher level of materiality is appropriate. 

We report to the Audit Committee any corrected or uncorrected misstatements we have identified through our audit with a value in excess of 
£250,000, in addition to other audit misstatements below that threshold that we believe warrant reporting on qualitative grounds. This level was 
selected and agreed with the Audit Committee as, given the nature and scale of operations, adjustments under this level were not deemed to be 
of specific interest to them. 

Audits for group reporting purposes were performed for all three components by the group audit team at one location in Glasgow. These audits 
covered 100% of group turnover, profit before tax and total assets. The audits performed for group reporting purposes were all performed to 
materiality levels set individually for each component and ranged from £35,000 to £1,400,000. 

4  Our opinion on other matters prescribed by the Companies Act 2006 is unmodified 
In our opinion: 
 – the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited has been properly prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 2006; and 
 – the information given in the Strategic Report and the Directors’ Report for the financial year for which the financial statements are prepared is 

consistent with the financial statements.

5  We have nothing to report in respect of the matters on which we are required to report by exception 
Under ISAs (U.K. and Ireland) we are required to report to you if, based on the knowledge we acquired during our audit, we have identified  
other information in the annual report that contains a material inconsistency with either that knowledge or the financial statements, a material 
misstatement of fact, or that is otherwise misleading. 
In particular, we are required to report to you if: 
 – we have identified material inconsistencies between the knowledge we acquired during our audit and the directors’ statement that they 

consider that the annual report and financial statements taken as a whole is fair, balanced and understandable and provides the information 
necessary for shareholders to assess the group’s performance, business model and strategy; or 

 – the Audit Committee Report does not appropriately address matters communicated by us to the audit committee. 

Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, in our opinion: 
 – adequate accounting records have not been kept by the parent company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been received from 

branches not visited by us; or 

 – the parent company financial statements and the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited are not in agreement with the 

accounting records and returns; or 

 – certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or 
 – we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit.

Under the Listing Rules we are required to review: 
 – the directors’ statement, set out on page 43, in relation to going concern; and 
 – the part of the Corporate Governance Statement on pages 45 to 50 relating to the company’s compliance with the ten provisions of the 2012 

U.K. Corporate Governance Code specified for our review. 

We have nothing to report in respect of the above responsibilities. 

Scope of report and responsibilities 
As explained more fully in the Directors’ Responsibilities Statement set out on page 78, the directors are responsible for the preparation  
of the financial statements and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view. A description of the scope of an audit of financial 
statements is provided on the Financial Reporting Council’s website at www.frc.org.uk/auditscopeukprivate. This report is made solely  
to the company’s members as a body and is subject to important explanations and disclaimers regarding our responsibilities, published 
on our website at www.kpmg.com/uk/auditscopeukco2014a, which are incorporated into this report as if set out in full and should be read 
to provide an understanding of the purpose of this report, the work we have undertaken and the basis of our opinions. 

Alex Sanderson (Senior Statutory Auditor) 
for and on behalf of KPMG LLP, Statutory Auditor 

Chartered Accountants 
191 West George Street
Glasgow G2 2LJ
24 March 2015

8080

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015Consolidated Income Statement
for the year ended 25 January 2015

Before 
exceptional
items
£000

2015

Exceptional 
items
(Note 7)
£000

Before 
exceptional
items
£000

Total
£000

2014

Exceptional 
items
(Note 7)
£000

Total
£000

260,895
(137,582)

–
(2,910)

260,895
(140,492)

254,085
(137,929)

–
(1,039)

254,085
(138,968)

Note

2

2, 7

123,313

(2,910)

120,403

116,156

(1,039)

115,117

5

6

8

8

9

747
(81,927)

42,133

103
(322)

–
(376)

747
(82,303)

(3,286)

38,847

–
–

103
(322)

–
(77,675)

38,481

159
(545)

–
(2,762)

(3,801)

–
–

–
(80,437)

34,680

159
(545)

41,914

(3,286)

38,628

38,095

(3,801)

34,294

(9,318)

687

(8,631)

(6,925)

810

(6,115)

Revenue
Cost of sales

Gross profit

Other income
Operating expenses

Operating profit

Finance income
Finance costs

Profit before tax

Tax on profit

Profit attributable to equity holders 

32,596

(2,599)

29,997

31,170

(2,991)

28,179

Earnings per share (p)

Basic earnings per share 
Diluted earnings per share 

10

10

26.00
25.86

24.43
24.34

81

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015Statement of Comprehensive Income
for the year ended 25 January 2015

Note

Group

2015
£000

2014
£000

Company

2015
£000

2014
£000

Profit after tax

29,997

28,179

20,595

17,236

Other comprehensive income
Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss
Remeasurements on defined benefit pension plans
Deferred tax movements on items above
Current tax movements on items above

Items that will be or have been reclassified to profit or loss
Effective portion of changes in fair value of cash flow hedges
Deferred tax movements on items above

Other comprehensive income for the year, net of tax

26

23

9

15

23

(19,770)
2,934
1,121

67
(14)

(15,662)

3,002
(2,368)
1,181

(2,130)
469

154

(19,770)
2,934
1,121

67
(14)

(15,662)

3,002
(2,368)
1,181

(2,130)
469

154

Total comprehensive income attributable to equity holders 

of the parent

14,335

28,333

4,933

17,390

82

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015Statement of Changes in Equity
for the year ended 25 January 2015

Group

Share
capital
£000

Share
premium
account
£000

Share
options
reserve
£000

Cash flow
hedge
reserve
£000

Retained 
earnings
£000

Total
£000

At 26 January 2014

4,865

905

1,826

(534)

148,174

155,236

Profit for the year
Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income for the year

Company shares purchased for use by employee 

benefit trusts

Proceeds on disposal of shares by employee 

benefit trusts

Recognition of share-based payment costs
Transfer of reserve on share award
Deferred tax on items taken direct to reserves
Dividends paid

–
–

–

–

–
–
–
–
–

–
–

–

–

–
–
–
–
–

–
–

–

–

–
893
(534)
133
–

–
53

53

–

–
–
–
–
–

29,997
(15,715)

14,282

29,997
(15,662)

14,335

(2,310)

(2,310)

1,301
–
534
–
(13,051)

1,301
893
–
133
(13,051)

At 25 January 2015

4,865

905

2,318

(481)

148,930

156,537

At 26 January 2013

4,865

905

1,861

1,127

121,890

130,648

Profit for the year
Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income for the year

Company shares purchased for use by employee 

benefit trusts

Proceeds on disposal of shares by employee 

benefit trusts

Recognition of share-based payment costs
Transfer of reserve on share award
Deferred tax on items taken direct to reserves 
Current tax on items taken direct to reserves
Dividends paid

–
–

–

–

–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–

–

–

–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–

–

–

–
595
(687)
57
–
–

–
(1,661)

(1,661)

28,179
1,815

29,994

28,179
154

28,333

–

–
–
–
–
–
–

(2,290)

(2,290)

1,079
–
687
–
118
(3,304)

1,079
595
–
57
118
(3,304)

At 26 January 2014

4,865

905

1,826

(534)

148,174

155,236

83

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015Statement of Changes in Equity
for the year ended 25 January 2015

Company

Share
capital
£000

Share
premium
account
£000

Share
options
reserve
£000

Cash flow
hedge
reserve
£000

Retained 
earnings
£000

Total
£000

At 26 January 2014

4,865

905

1,826

(534)

109,277

116,339

Profit for the year
Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income for the year

Company shares purchased for use by employee 

benefit trusts

Proceeds on disposal of shares by employee 

benefit trusts

Recognition of share-based payment costs
Transfer of reserve on share award
Deferred tax on items taken direct to reserves
Dividends paid

–
–

–

–

–
–
–
–
–

–
–

–

–

–
–
–
–
–

–
–

–

–

–
893
(534)
133
–

–
53

53

–

–
–
–
–
–

20,595
(15,715)

4,880

20,595
(15,662)

4,933

(2,310)

(2,310)

1,301
–
534
–
(13,051)

1,301
893
–
133
(13,051)

At 25 January 2015

4,865

905

2,318

(481)

100,631

108,238

At 26 January 2013

4,865

905

1,861

1,127

93,936

102,694

Profit for the year
Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income for the year

Company shares purchased for use by employee 

benefit trusts

Proceeds on disposal of shares by employee 

benefit trusts

Recognition of share-based payment costs
Transfer of reserve on share award
Deferred tax on items taken direct to reserves 
Current tax on items taken direct to reserves
Dividends paid

–
–

–

–

–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–

–

–

–
–
–
–
–
–

–
–

–

–

–
595
(687)
57
–
–

–
(1,661)

(1,661)

17,236
1,815

19,051

17,236
154

17,390

–

–
–
–
–
–
–

(2,290)

(2,290)

1,079
–
687
–
118
(3,304)

1,079
595
–
57
118
(3,304)

At 26 January 2014

4,865

905

1,826

(534)

109,277

116,339

84

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015Statements of Financial Position
as at 25 January 2015

Note

Group

2015
£000

Non-current assets
Intangible assets
Property, plant and equipment
Pension prepayments
Investment in subsidiary undertakings
Deferred tax asset

Current assets
Inventories
Trade and other receivables
Derivative financial instruments
Cash and cash equivalents

Total assets

Current liabilities
Loans and other borrowings
Trade and other payables
Derivative financial instruments
Provisions
Current tax liabilities

Non-current liabilities
Loans and other borrowings
Deferred tax liabilities
Retirement benefit obligations

Capital and reserves attributable to equity holders
Share capital
Share premium account
Share options reserve
Cash flow hedge reserve
Retained earnings

Total equity and liabilities

12

13

14

16

23

18

19

15

17

20

21

15

22

20

23

26

27

2014
£000

74,107
76,314
–
–
–

Company

2015
£000

2014
£000

15,965
79,207
18,750
62,341
94

8,902
75,096
19,151
62,341
–

80,917
79,663
–
–
–

160,580

150,421

176,357

165,490

16,761
51,899
66
25,437

94,163

16,046
47,475
–
12,932

76,453

15,269
54,250
66
25,437

95,022

13,925
49,788
–
12,930

76,643

254,743

226,874

271,379

242,133

73
51,119
666
1,009
3,314

56,181

14,944
8,612
18,469

42,025

4,865
905
2,318
(481)
148,930

156,537

254,743

–
40,964
667
396
3,122

45,149

15,000
11,378
111

26,489

4,865
905
1,826
(534)
148,174

155,236

226,874

1,232
106,105
666
1,009
576

109,588

35,084
–
18,469

53,553

4,865
905
2,318
(481)
100,631

108,238

271,379

1,126
85,352
667
396
151

87,692

35,474
2,517
111

38,102

4,865
905
1,826
(534)
109,277

116,339

242,133

Company Number: SC005653
The financial statements on pages 81 to 125 were approved by the Board of directors and authorised for issue on 24 March 2015 and were 
signed on its behalf by:

Roger White 
Chief Executive 

Stuart Lorimer
Finance Director

85

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash Flow Statements
for the year ended 25 January 2015

Operating activities
Profit before tax
Adjustments for:
Interest receivable
Interest payable
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment
Impairment of property, plant and equipment
Amortisation of intangible assets
Share-based payment costs
Gain on sale of property, plant and equipment

Note

8

8

13

12

Group

2015
£000

2014
£000

Company

2015
£000

2014
£000

38,628

34,294

26,640

21,759

(103)
322
6,739
1,483
253
893
(119)

(159)
545
6,445
–
253
595
(86)

(856)
1,152
6,523
1,062
–
893
(32)

(418)
821
6,195
–
–
595
(104)

Operating cash flows before movements in working capital

48,096

41,887

35,382

28,848

(Increase)/decrease in inventories
(Increase)/decrease in receivables
Increase in payables
Difference between employer pension contributions and 

amounts recognised in the income statement

Cash generated by operations

Tax on profit paid

Net cash from operating activities

Investing activities
Acquisition of subsidiary 
Purchase of intangible assets
Purchase of property, plant and equipment
Proceeds on sale of property, plant and equipment
Interest received

Net cash used in investing activities

Financing activities
New loans received
Loans repaid
Bank arrangement fees paid
Movement in finance lease
Purchase of Company shares by employee benefit trusts
Proceeds from disposal of Company shares by employee 

benefit trusts
Dividends paid
Interest paid

Net cash used in financing activities

(715)
(4,424)
10,208

(1,368)

51,797

(7,031)

44,766

–
(7,063)
(11,493)
585
60

(17,911)

15,000
(15,000)
(80)
–
(2,310)

1,301
(13,051)
(283)

(14,423)

4,766
323
2,680

(172)

49,484

(7,696)

41,788

–
–
(13,423)
142
44

(13,237)

10,000
(20,000)
(40)
–
(2,290)

1,079
(3,304)
(461)

(15,016)

(1,344)
(4,442)
20,664

(1,368)

48,892

(4,058)

44,834

–
(7,063)
(11,466)
489
60

(17,980)

15,000
(15,000)
(80)
834
(2,310)

1,301
(13,051)
(1,114)

(14,420)

3,926
(20,079)
14,009

(172)

26,532

(5,194)

21,338

(1,300)
–
(13,356)
125
44

(14,487)

10,000
(20,000)
(40)
21,976
(2,290)

1,079
(3,304)
(737)

6,684

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

12,432

13,535

12,434

13,535

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

12,932

25,364

(603)

12,932

12,930

25,364

(605)

12,930

17

86

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015Notes to the Accounts

1  ACCOUNTING POLICIES
General information
A.G. BARR p.l.c. (‘the Company’) and its subsidiaries (together ‘the Group’) manufacture, distribute and sell soft drinks. The Group has 
manufacturing sites in the U.K. and sells mainly to customers in the U.K. with some international sales.

The Company is a public limited company, which is listed on the London Stock Exchange and incorporated and domiciled in Scotland. 
The address of its registered office is Westfield House, 4 Mollins Road, Cumbernauld, G68 9HD.

Summary of significant accounting policies
The principal accounting policies applied in the preparation of these consolidated financial statements are set out below. These policies 
have been consistently applied to all the years presented, unless otherwise stated.

Basis of preparation
The consolidated and parent Company financial statements of A.G. BARR p.l.c. have been prepared in accordance with International 
Financial Reporting Standards (‘IFRS’) as adopted by the European Union. They have been prepared under the historical cost accounting 
rules except for the derivative financial instruments and the assets of the Group pension scheme which are stated at fair value and the 
liabilities of the Group pension scheme which are valued using the projected unit credit method. The directors have adopted the going 
concern basis in preparing these accounts for the reasons set out in Note 30.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates. It also requires 
management to exercise its judgement in the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies. The areas involving a higher degree of 
judgement or complexity, or areas where assumptions and estimates are significant to the consolidated financial statements are disclosed 
on pages 93 and 94.

The directors have taken advantage of the exemption available under s408 of the Companies Act 2006 and have not presented an income 
statement for the Company.

Changes in accounting policy and disclosures
(a) New and amended standards adopted by the Group
IFRS 10 Consolidated financial statements, IFRS 11 Joint arrangements, IFRS 12 Disclosures of interests in other entities, and subsequent 
revisions to IAS 27 Separate financial statements and IAS 28 Investments in associates and joint ventures are new and revised standards 
that are mandatory for adoption for accounting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2014 for EU endorsed IFRS reporters. These new 
and revised standards do not have a material impact on the Group.

(b) New standards, amendments and interpretations issued but not effective for the financial year beginning 27 January 2014 and not 
adopted early
There are no IFRSs or IFRIC interpretations that are issued but have not been adopted early for the year beginning 27 January 2014 that 
have a material impact on the Group.

Consolidation – subsidiaries
Subsidiaries are entities controlled by the Company. The Company controls an entity when it is exposed to, or has rights to, variable 
returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the entity. The financial 
statements of subsidiaries are included in the consolidated financial statements from the date over which control commences until  
the date on which control ceases.

The Group applies the acquisition method to account for business combinations. The consideration transferred for the acquisition of a 
subsidiary is the fair values of the assets transferred, the liabilities incurred to the former owners of the acquiree and the equity interests 
issued by the Group (and for acquisitions prior to 1 July 2009 costs directly attributable to the acquisition). Identifiable assets acquired 
and liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in a business combination are measured initially at their fair values at the acquisition date. 
Currently, there are no non-controlling interests in any of the entities within the Group.

Goodwill is initially measured as the excess of the aggregate of the consideration transferred and the fair value of non-controlling interest 
over the net identifiable assets acquired less liabilities assumed. If this consideration is lower than the fair value of the net assets of the 
subsidiary acquired, the difference is recognised as a credit in profit or loss.

Intercompany transactions, balances, income and expenses on transactions between Group companies are eliminated. Profits and losses 
resulting from intercompany transactions that are recognised in net assets are also eliminated. Accounting policies of subsidiaries are 
consistent with those adopted by the Group.

87

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015Notes to the Accounts 
Continued

1  ACCOUNTING POLICIES CONTINUED
Revenue recognition
Revenue is the net invoiced sales value, after deducting promotional costs invoiced by customers, including brand support costs, and 
exclusive of value added tax of goods and services supplied to external customers during the year. Brand support costs are investments 
in customer promotional activities. Refer to the ‘Key judgements and sources of estimation uncertainty’ section below as an element of 
judgement is used in determining the brand support costs. Sales are recorded based on the price specified in the sales invoices, net of 
any agreed discounts and rebates.

Revenue is recognised when the goods have passed to the buyer and the amount can be measured reliably. Sales related discounts  
and rebates are calculated based on the expected amounts necessary to meet the claims of the Group’s customers in respect of these 
discounts and rebates. Brand support accruals are included in the statement of financial position in respect of these.

Segment reporting
An operating segment is a component of the Group that engages in business activities from which it may earn revenues and incur 
expenses, including revenues and expenses that relate to transactions with any of the Group’s other components and for which discrete 
financial information is available. Segment results that are reported to the management committee (as chief operating decision maker) 
include items directly attributable to a segment as well as those which can be allocated on a consistent basis.

Foreign currency translation
(a) Functional and presentation currency
Functional and presentation currency items included in the financial statements of each of the Group’s entities are measured using  
the currency of the primary economic environment in which the entity operates (‘the functional currency’). The consolidated financial 
statements are presented in £ Sterling which is the Company’s functional and the Group’s presentation currency.

(b) Transactions and balances
Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the transactions 
or valuation where items are remeasured. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from 
the translation at year-end exchange rates of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are recognised in the 
income statement in the same line in which the transaction is recorded.

Exceptional items
As permitted by IAS 1 Presentation of financial statements, an item is treated as exceptional if it is considered unusual by its nature  
and scale and is of such significance that separate disclosure is required for the financial statements to be properly understood.

Intangible assets
Goodwill
Goodwill represents the excess of the consideration of an acquisition over the fair value of the Group’s share of the net identifiable 
assets of the acquired subsidiary at the date of acquisition. Goodwill on acquisitions of subsidiaries is included in intangible assets. 
Goodwill is tested annually for impairment and carried at cost less accumulated impairment charges. Impairment charges on goodwill 
are not reversed. Goodwill is allocated to cash-generating units for the purpose of impairment testing. The allocation is made to those 
cash-generating units or groups of cash-generating units that are expected to benefit from the business combination in which the 
goodwill arose.

An intangible asset acquired as part of a business combination is recognised outside of goodwill if the asset is separable or arises from 
contractual or other legal rights and its fair value can be measured reliably.

Brands
Separately acquired brands are recognised at cost at the date of purchase. Brands acquired in a business combination are recognised 
at fair value at the acquisition date. Brands acquired separately or through a business combination are assessed at the date of acquisition 
as to whether they have an indefinite life. The assessment includes whether the brand name will continue to trade, and the expected 
lifetime of the brand. All brands acquired to date have been assessed as having an indefinite life as they are expected to continue to 
contribute to the long term future of the Group. The brands are reviewed annually for impairment, being carried at cost less accumulated 
impairment charges.

The fair value of a brand at the date of acquisition is based on the Relief from Royalties method, which is a valuation model based on 
discounted cash flows.

88

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015Notes to the Accounts 
Continued

Customer relationships
Customer relationships acquired in a business combination are recognised at fair value at the acquisition date. The customer relationships 
have a finite useful life and are carried at cost less accumulated amortisation. Amortisation is calculated using the straight-line method 
over the expected life of the customer relationship.

The closing balance in the current year represents the carrying value of the customer relationships acquired during the acquisition of 
Groupe Rubicon Limited.

The fair value of the customer relationships at the acquisition date was based on the Multiple Excess Earnings Method (‘MEEM’) which is 
a valuation model based on discounted cash flows. The useful lives of customer relationships are based on the churn rate of the acquired 
portfolio and are up to 10 years corresponding to a yearly amortisation of between 10% and 33%. The useful lives of all intangible assets 
are reviewed annually and amended, as required, on a prospective basis.

Software development costs
Software development costs comprise of internal and third party consultancy costs incurred in relation to the Business Process Redesign 
project, which is currently under construction. Amortisation is charged from the date the software is available for use. This is calculated 
using the straight-line method over the expected useful life of the software, which is 10 years.

Property, plant and equipment
Land and buildings comprise mainly factories, distribution sites and offices. All property, plant and equipment is stated at historical cost 
less accumulated depreciation and impairments. Historical cost includes expenditure that is directly attributable to the acquisition of the 
assets. The purchase price of an asset will include the fair value of the consideration paid to acquire the asset. Borrowing costs directly 
attributable to acquisition, construction and or production of assets that take a substantial time to complete are capitalised.

Subsequent costs are included in the asset’s carrying amount or recognised as a separate asset, as appropriate, only when it is probable 
that future economic benefits associated with the item will flow to the Group and the cost of the item can be measured reliably.

The carrying amount of any replaced part is derecognised. All other repairs and maintenance are charged to the income statement during 
the financial period in which they are incurred.

Land is not depreciated. Depreciation is charged from the date that assets, other than land, are available for use. It is calculated using the 
straight-line method to allocate the cost to the residual values of the related assets using the following rates:

Buildings – 1%
Leasehold buildings – Term of lease
Plant, equipment and vehicles – 10% to 33%
Computer hardware – 20%

The assets’ residual values and useful lives are reviewed, and adjusted if appropriate, at each year end date. The carrying value of property, 
plant and equipment is reviewed for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the recoverable amount may be 
less than the carrying value.

An asset’s carrying amount is written down immediately to its recoverable amount if the asset’s carrying amount is greater than its estimated 
recoverable amount.

An item of property, plant and equipment is derecognised on disposal or where no future economic benefits are expected to arise from 
the continued use of the asset.

Gains and losses on disposals are determined by comparing the net proceeds with the carrying amount and are recognised within 
administration costs in the income statement.

89

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015Notes to the Accounts 
Continued

1  ACCOUNTING POLICIES CONTINUED
Leases
Leases in which a significant portion of the risks and rewards of ownership are retained by the lessor are classified as operating leases. 
The Group has two heritable properties held under operating leases. Payments made under operating leases (net of any incentives 
received from the lessor) are charged to the income statement on a straight-line basis over the period of the lease.

Leases of property, plant and equipment where the Group has substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership are classified as 
finance leases. Finance leases are capitalised at the lease’s commencement at the lower of the fair value of the leased property and  
the present value of the minimum lease payments.

Each lease payment is allocated between the liability and finance charges. The corresponding rental obligations, net of finance charges, 
are included in other long term payables. The interest element of the finance cost is charged to the income statement over the lease 
period so as to produce a constant periodic rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability for each period. The property,  
plant and equipment acquired under finance leases is depreciated over the shorter of the useful life of the asset and the lease term.

Impairment of non-financial assets
Assets that have an indefinite useful life are not subject to amortisation and are tested annually for impairment. Assets that are subject 
to amortisation are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not 
be recoverable.

An impairment charge is recognised in the income statement for the amount by which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its 
recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs to sell and value in use. In assessing value  
in use the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that is based on current market 
assessments of the time value of money and risks specific to the asset for which the future cash flow estimates have not been adjusted.

For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest levels for which there are separately identifiable cash flows 
(cash-generating units). Non-financial assets other than goodwill that suffered an impairment are reviewed for possible reversal of the 
impairment at each reporting date.

A previously recognised impairment loss is reversed only if there has been a change in the estimates used to determine the asset’s 
recoverable amount since the impairment loss was recognised although any reversal cannot result in a carrying amount that would 
exceed the carrying amount that would have been recognised, net of depreciation, had no impairment loss been recognised in 
prior years.

Non-derivative financial instruments
Non-derivative financial instruments comprise investments in equity and debt securities, trade and other receivables, cash and cash 
equivalents, loans and borrowings, and trade payables.

Trade and other receivables
Trade and other receivables are recognised initially at fair value. Subsequent to initial recognition they are measured at amortised cost 
using the effective interest method, less any impairment losses. A provision for impairment of trade receivables is established when  
there is objective evidence that the Group will not be able to collect all amounts due according to the original terms of the receivables. 
The amount of the provision is the difference between the asset’s carrying amount and the estimated cash flows. The carrying amount  
of the asset is reduced through the use of a bad debt provision account and the amount of the loss is recognised in the income statement 
within administration costs. When a trade receivable becomes uncollectable it is written off against the bad debt provision.

Trade and other payables
Trade and other payables are recognised initially at fair value. Subsequent to initial recognition they are measured at amortised cost using 
the effective interest method.

Investments
Investments in subsidiaries are carried at cost less impairment in the parent company accounts.

90

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015Notes to the Accounts 
Continued

Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash balances and call deposits. Bank overdrafts that are repayable on demand and form an 
integral part of the Group’s cash management are included as a component of cash and cash equivalents for the purpose only of the  
cash flow statement.

Interest-bearing borrowings
Interest-bearing borrowings are recognised initially at fair value less attributable transaction costs. Subsequent to initial recognition, 
interest-bearing borrowings are stated at amortised cost using the effective interest method.

Derivative financial instruments and hedging activities
Derivatives are initially recognised at fair value on the date a derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently remeasured at  
their fair value. The gain or loss on re-measurement to fair value is recognised immediately in the income statement. However, where 
derivatives qualify for hedge accounting, recognition of any resultant gain or loss depends on the nature of the item being hedged.

At the inception of the transaction, the Group documents the relationship between hedging instruments and hedged items, as well as  
its risk management objectives and strategy for undertaking various hedging transactions. The Group also documents its assessment, 
both at hedge inception and on an ongoing basis, of whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions are highly effective in 
offsetting changes in fair values or cash flows of hedged items.

The fair values of the derivative instruments used for hedging purposes are disclosed in Note 15. Movements on the hedging reserve in 
shareholders’ equity are shown in the statement of changes in equity. The full fair value of a hedging derivative is classified as non-current 
when the remaining maturity of the hedged item is more than 12 months from the statement of financial position date and as current when 
the remaining maturity of the hedged item is less than 12 months from the statement of financial position date.

Cash flow hedges
The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges are recognised in 
equity. The gain or loss relating to the ineffective portion is recognised immediately in the income statement within administration costs.

Amounts accumulated in equity are recycled through the income statement in the periods when the hedged item affects profit or loss.  
The gain or loss relating to the effective portion of forward foreign currency contracts hedging overseas purchases is recognised in equity. 
The gain or loss relating to the ineffective portion is recognised in the income statement within administration costs. When a hedging 
instrument expires or is sold, or when a hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, any cumulative gain or loss existing in 
equity at that time remains in equity and is recognised within the income statement when the forecast transaction is ultimately recognised 
in the income statement.

Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Net realisable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course 
of business less the estimated costs of completing production and selling expenses.

The cost of inventories is based on the first-in first-out principle and includes expenditure incurred in acquiring the inventories and bringing 
them to their primary distribution location and condition. This includes direct labour costs and an appropriate share of overheads based on 
normal operating activity.

Company shares held by employee benefit trusts
Company shares are purchased on behalf of employee benefit trusts to satisfy the liability of various employee share schemes. The amount 
of the consideration paid, including directly attributable costs, is recognised as a charge in equity. Purchased shares are classified as 
Company shares held by employee benefit trusts, and presented as a deduction from retained earnings.

91

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015Notes to the Accounts 
Continued

1  ACCOUNTING POLICIES CONTINUED
Current and deferred income tax
Tax on the profit or loss for the year comprises current and deferred tax.

Current tax is charged in the income statement except where it relates to tax on items recognised directly in equity, in which case it is 
charged to equity.

Current tax is the expected tax payable on the taxable income for the year, using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at the year 
end date and any adjustment to tax payable in respect of previous years.

Deferred tax is provided in full using the liability method, providing for temporary differences between the tax bases of assets and 
liabilities and their carrying amounts, in the consolidated financial statements.

The following temporary differences are not provided for:
 – the initial recognition of goodwill; and
 – differences relating to investments in subsidiaries to the extent that they will probably not reverse in the foreseeable future.

Where the carrying value of an asset is to be recovered through both use and subsequent disposal, a single tax base is attributed to that 
asset resulting in a single temporary difference being recognised. Deferred tax is determined using tax rates and laws that have been 
enacted or substantively enacted by the year end date and are expected to apply when the related deferred tax asset is realised or the 
deferred tax liability is settled. A deferred tax asset is recognised only to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be 
available against which the asset can be utilised. Deferred tax assets are reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that the 
related tax benefit will be realised.

Employee benefits
Retirement benefit plans
The Group operates two pension schemes as detailed in Note 26. The schemes are generally funded through payments to trustee-
administered funds. The Group has both defined benefit and defined contribution plans.

Defined contribution pension plans
A defined contribution plan is a pension plan under which the Group pays fixed contributions into a separate entity. Obligations for 
contributions are recognised as an expense in the income statement as they fall due. The Group has no further payment obligations  
once the contributions have been paid.

Defined benefit pension plans
A defined benefit plan is a pension plan that is not a defined contribution plan. Typically defined benefit plans define an amount of  
pension benefit that an employee will receive on retirement, usually dependent on one or more factors such as age, years of service  
and compensation.

The liability recognised in the statement of financial position in respect of defined benefit pension plans is the present value of plan assets 
less the fair value of the defined benefit obligation. The defined benefit obligation is calculated annually by independent actuaries using 
the projected unit credit method.

The present value of the defined benefit obligation is determined by discounting the estimated future cash outflows using interest rates  
of high quality corporate bonds that are denominated in the currency in which the benefits will be paid, and that have terms to maturity 
approximating to the terms of the related pension liability.

Actuarial gains and losses arising from experience adjustments and changes in actuarial assumptions are charged or credited to equity  
in other comprehensive income in the period in which they arise.

The Group recognises gains and losses on the settlement of a defined benefit plan when the settlement occurs. The gain or loss on  
a settlement is the difference between the present value of the defined benefit obligation being settled as determined on the date of 
settlement and the settlement price, including any plan assets transferred and any payments made directly by the Group in connection 
with the settlement.

92

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015Notes to the Accounts 
Continued

Share-based compensation
The Group grants equity settled share-based payments to certain employees. These are measured at fair value (excluding the effect of 
non market-based vesting conditions) at the grant date. The fair value of the equity settled share-based payment determined at the grant 
date is expensed on a straight-line basis over the vesting period, based on the Group’s estimate of the shares that will eventually vest and 
adjusted for the effect of non market-based vesting conditions. Fair value is measured using the Black-Scholes pricing model.

The Group also provides employees with the ability to purchase the Company’s ordinary shares at a discount to the current market value 
through payroll.

The Group records as an expense the fair value of the discount on the shares purchased by the employee as a charge to the income 
statement and a credit to the share options reserve.

At each year end date, the entity revises its estimates of the number of options that are expected to vest based on the non-market vesting 
conditions. It recognises the impact of the revision to original estimates, if any, in the income statement, with a corresponding adjustment 
to the share options reserve.

Profit-sharing and bonus plans
The Group recognises a liability and an expense for various bonuses based on formulae that take into consideration the profit attributable 
to the Company’s shareholders after certain adjustments.

The Group recognises a provision where there is a contractual obligation or where there is a past practice that has created a 
constructive obligation.

Provisions
A provision is recognised if, as the result of a past event, the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation that can be estimated 
reliably and it is probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation.

A restructuring provision is recognised when the Group has approved a detailed and formal restructuring plan which has been either 
announced or has commenced. Future operating costs are not provided for.

Dividend distributions
Dividend distributions to the Company’s shareholders are recognised as a liability in the Group’s financial statements in the period in 
which the dividends are approved by the Company’s shareholders.

Key judgements and sources of estimation uncertainty
The preparation of financial statements requires management to make judgements, estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts 
reported for assets and liabilities as at the statement of financial position date and the amounts reported for revenues and expenses 
during the year. Due to the nature of estimation, the actual outcomes may well differ from these estimates.

The principal estimates and judgements that have a significant effect on the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities are 
discussed below:

Valuation of inventory
Inventory is a significant balance in the consolidated statement of financial position. The Group purchases commodities for use in the 
manufacture of soft drinks and these purchases are subject to price volatility. As the Group uses standard costing to value its inventory, 
management review price variances arising from the purchases of commodities to ensure that the closing inventory correctly reflects the 
costs incurred in bringing the inventory to its current state and location.

Carrying value of brand support accruals
The Group incurs significant costs in the support and development of the Group’s brands. Judgement is required in determining the level 
of closing accrual required at a year end for promotions and brand support campaigns that either span two financial years or where the 
costs have not been fully settled by the year end date. This includes sales related discounts which are included within revenue as 
disclosed in the revenue recognition policy above. At 25 January 2015 the closing brand support accrual was £12,493,000 (26 January 
2014: £12,412,000).

93

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015Notes to the Accounts 
Continued

1  ACCOUNTING POLICIES CONTINUED
In addition the following area of judgement had an effect on the carrying value of assets and liabilities:

Retirement benefit obligations
The determination of any defined benefit pension scheme surplus/obligation is based on assumptions determined with independent 
actuarial advice. The assumptions used include discount rate, inflation, pension increases, salary increases, the expected return on 
scheme assets and mortality assumptions.

Other areas
Exceptional items
The impairment and redundancy related costs in relation to the closure of the Tredegar manufacturing site and the reorganisation of 
finance, telesales, distribution, demand and supply planning are deemed to be unusual in nature and scale and are of such significance 
that separate disclosure is required for the financial statements to be properly understood.

During the year to 25 January 2015 the contract for the production and selling of Orangina was terminated by Schweppes International 
Limited. This resulted in compensation of £747,000 being received by A.G. BARR p.l.c. This is not treated as exceptional and is included 
within other income.

2  SEGMENT REPORTING
The Group’s management committee has been identified as the chief operating decision maker. The management committee reviews  
the Group’s internal reporting in order to assess performance and allocate resources. The management committee has determined the 
operating segments based on these reports.

The management committee considers the business from a product perspective. This has led to the operating segments identified in the 
table below: there has been no change to the segments during the year (after aggregation). The performance of the operating segments  
is assessed by reference to their gross profit before exceptional items. Exceptional items are reported separately in Note 7.

Year ended 25 January 2015

Total revenue
Gross profit before exceptional items

Year ended 26 January 2014

Total revenue
Gross profit before exceptional items

Carbonates
£000

Still drinks
and water
£000

Other
(including
ice-cream)
£000

Total
£000

198,249
102,235

58,218
17,349

4,428
3,729

260,895
123,313

Carbonates
£000

197,868
99,153

Still drinks
and water
£000

55,097
16,363

Other
(including
ice-cream)
£000

Total
£000

1,120
640

254,085
116,156

There are no intersegment sales. All revenue is from external customers.

Other segments represent income from water coolers for the Findlays 19 litre water business, rental income for vending machines,  
the sale of IRN-BRU and Rubicon ice-cream and other soft drink related items such as water cups.

The gross profit from the segment reporting is stated before exceptional costs as the Tredegar related exceptional costs allocated to cost of 
sales in the consolidated income statement relate to Stills drinks only and in 2014, Milton Keynes exceptional costs related to Carbonates only.

The gross profit from the segment reporting is reconciled to the total profit before income tax, as shown in the consolidated 
income statement.

All of the assets and liabilities of the Group are managed by the management committee on a central basis rather than at a segment level. 
As a result no reconciliation of segment assets and liabilities to the statement of financial position has been disclosed for either of the 
periods presented.

All of the segments included within Carbonates and Still drinks and water meet the aggregation criteria set out in IFRS 8 Operating Segments.

94

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015Notes to the Accounts 
Continued

Geographical information
The Group operates predominately in the U.K. with some worldwide sales. All of the operations of the Group are based in the U.K.

Revenue

U.K.
Rest of the world

The Rest of the world revenue includes sales to Ireland and wholesale export houses.

All of the assets of the Group are located in the U.K.

Major customers
No single customer accounted for 10% or more of the Group’s revenue in either of the years presented. 

3  PROFIT BEFORE TAX
The following items have been included in arriving at profit before tax:

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment
Impairment of property
Impairment of plant and equipment
Profit on disposal of property, plant and equipment
Research and development costs
Impairment of inventories
Amortisation of intangible assets
Cost of inventories charged in cost of sales
Operating lease rentals payable – property
Operating lease rentals payable – motor vehicles
Operating lease rentals payable – plant
Trade receivables impairment movement
Share-based payment costs

2015
£000

2014
£000

253,715
7,180

260,895

247,433
6,652

254,085

2015
£000

2014
£000

6,739
1,062
421
(119)
1,076
134
253
140,492
367
1,181
1,845
712
893

6,445
–
–
(86)
967
142
253
138,968
606
1,199
887
(187)
595

95

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015Notes to the Accounts 
Continued

3  PROFIT BEFORE TAX CONTINUED
Included within administration costs (Note 6) is the auditor’s remuneration, including expenses for audit and non-audit services. The cost 
includes services from the Company’s auditor and its associates:

Statutory audit services
Fees payable to the auditor of the parent Company and consolidated accounts
Fees payable to the auditor for other services:
Audit of the Company’s subsidiaries pursuant to legislation

Non-audit services
Audit related assurance services
Other assurance services
Pension advisory services
Tax compliance services
Tax advisory services

Fees in respect of the Group’s pension plans

Audit

2015
£000

79

7

19
67
12
24
37

13

2014
£000

78

7

27
–
130
22
61

13

In the year to 26 January 2014, £130,000 fees within other services related to an asset backed pension funding implementation and 
tax work.

4  EMPLOYEES AND DIRECTORS

Average monthly number of people employed by the Group (including executive directors)
Production and distribution
Administration

Staff costs for the Group for the year

Wages and salaries
Social security costs
Share-based payments
Pension costs – defined contribution plans
Pension costs – defined benefit plans 

5  OTHER INCOME

Compensation received in respect of contract terminated

2015

2014

820
228

1,048

2015
£000

36,387
3,760
893
2,729
850

44,619

2015
£000

747

808
191

999

2014
£000

34,604
3,623
595
2,066
1,315

42,203

2014
£000

–

During the year to 25 January 2015 the contract for the production and selling of Orangina was terminated by Schweppes International 
Limited. This resulted in compensation of £747,000 being received by A.G. BARR p.l.c.

96

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015Notes to the Accounts 
Continued

6  NET OPERATING EXPENSES BEFORE EXCEPTIONAL ITEMS

Distribution costs (including selling costs)
Administration costs

7  EXCEPTIONAL ITEMS

Redundancy costs relating to the closure of the Tredegar manufacturing site
Impairment charges relating to the closure of the Tredegar manufacturing site
Milton Keynes development

Total cost of sales

Merger related costs
Pension curtailment (Note 26)
Redundancy costs for finance, telesales, distribution, demand and supply planning reorganisation

Total operating costs

Total exceptional costs

2015
£000

51,872
30,055

81,927

2015
£000

1,427
1,483
–

2,910

–
(523)
899

376

2014
£000

50,232
27,443

77,675

2014
£000

–
–
1,039

1,039

2,098
–
664

2,762

3,286

3,801

During the year to 25 January 2015 A.G. BARR p.l.c. announced the closure of its manufacturing site at Tredegar. This has resulted in an 
impairment charge of £1,483,000 in respect of buildings and plant at the site which have been written down to the recoverable amounts 
calculated by reference to fair value less costs of disposal (valued by reference to an independent valuation and categorised as a level 2 
fair value measurement). £485,000 of redundancy related costs were incurred in the year to 25 January 2015. A further £942,000 of 
redundancy costs have been provided for.

Redundancy, recruitment and training costs in relation to the reorganisation of the finance, telesales, distribution, demand and supply 
planning operations were incurred during the years presented and treated as exceptional.

As a result of the finance, telesales, distribution, demand and supply planning reorganisation, a curtailment in the Group’s retirement 
pension plan has arisen. This has resulted in an exceptional credit arising from the reduction in the retirement benefit obligation following 
a reduction in the number of employees remaining with the scheme. The value of this credit is £523,000.

A tax credit of £687,000 (2014: £810,000) has been recognised as a result of the total exceptional costs (Note 9).

Construction of a new production site in Milton Keynes commenced in July 2012 with plant commissioning and associated training costs 
treated as exceptional items in the year to 26 January 2014. The site commenced manufacturing in July 2013.

During the year to 26 January 2013, A.G. BARR p.l.c. and Britvic plc worked together on a proposed all-share merger which was 
subsequently referred to the Competition Commission and following clearance, aborted. Professional, legal fees and certain employee 
related costs incurred in relation to the proposed merger and related Competition Commission enquiry have been treated as exceptional 
for the year to 26 January 2014.

97

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015Notes to the Accounts 
Continued

8  FINANCE INCOME AND FINANCE COSTS
Finance income

Interest receivable
Net finance income relating to defined benefit pension plans (Note 26)

2015
£000

59
44

103

2015
£000

(295)
(27)

(322)

2014
£000

43
116

159

2014
£000

(458)
(87)

(545)

Total 
£000 

8,561
(282)

8,279

(19)
(2,272)
127

(2,164)

6,115

Finance costs

Interest payable
Amortisation of loan arrangement fees

9  TAXATION

Group

Current tax
Current tax on profits for the year
Adjustments in respect of prior years

Total current tax expense/(credit)

Deferred tax
Origination and reversal of: 
Temporary differences
Adjustment for change in deferred tax rate
Adjustments in respect of prior years

Total deferred tax expense/(credit) (Note 23)

Total tax expense/(credit)

Before 
exceptional 
items 
£000 

2015

Exceptional 
items 
£000 

9,006
(167)

8,839

367
–
112

479

9,318

(495)
–

(495)

(192)
–
–

(192)

(687)

Before 
exceptional
items 
£000 

2014

Exceptional 
items 
£000 

9,124
(35)

9,089

(19)
(2,272)
127

(2,164)

6,925

(563)
(247)

(810)

–
–
–

–

(810)

Total 
£000 

8,511
(167)

8,344

175
–
112

287

8,631

In addition to the above movements in deferred tax, a deferred tax credit of £2,920,000 (2014: £1,899,000 charge) has been recognised  
in other comprehensive income and a credit of £133,000 (2014: a credit of £57,000) has been taken direct to reserves (Note 23).

A current tax credit of £1,121,000 (2014: a credit of £1,181,000) has been recognised in other comprehensive income and a charge of £nil 
(2014: a charge of £118,000) has been taken direct to reserves.

98

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015Notes to the Accounts 
Continued

The tax on the Group’s profit before tax differs from the amount that would arise using the tax rate applicable to the consolidated profits 
of the Group as follows:

Profit before tax

Tax at 21.3% (2014: 23.2%)
Tax effects of:
Items that are not deductible in determining taxable profit
Exceptional items that are not deductible in determining taxable profit
Current tax adjustment in respect of prior years
Deferred tax adjustment in respect of prior years
Deferred tax adjustment in respect of change of deferred tax rate
Other differences

Total tax expense

The weighted average tax rate was 22.3% (2014: 17.8%).

2015
£000 

2015
% 

2014
£000 

2014
% 

38,628

8,239

475
–
(167)
112
–
(28)

8,631

34,294

7,944

23.2

291
314
(282)
127
(2,272)
(7)

6,115

0.8
0.9
(0.8)
0.4
(6.6)
–

17.8

21.3

1.2
–
(0.4)
0.3
–
(0.1)

22.3

The 2013 Finance Act enacted in July 2013 announced that the U.K. corporation tax rate will reduce to 20% by April 2015. A reduction in 
the rate from 21% to 20% (effective from 1 April 2015) was substantively enacted on 3 July 2013.

The deferred tax liability at 25 January 2015 has therefore been calculated having regard to the rate of 20% substantively enacted at the 
balance sheet date.

10  EARNINGS PER SHARE
Basic earnings per share have been calculated by dividing the earnings attributable to equity holders of the parent by the weighted 
average number of shares in issue during the year, excluding shares held by the employee share scheme trusts.

Profit attributable to equity holders of the Company (£000)
Weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue

Basic earnings per share (pence)

2015

2014

29,997
115,377,541

28,179
115,351,493

26.00

24.43

For diluted earnings per share, the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue is adjusted to assume conversion of all potentially 
dilutive ordinary shares. These represent share options granted to employees where the exercise price is less than the average market 
price of the Company’s ordinary shares during the year. The number of shares calculated as above is compared with the number of 
shares that would have been issued assuming the exercise of the share options.

Profit attributable to equity holders of the Company (£000)
Weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue 
Adjustment for dilutive effect of share options

Diluted weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue

Diluted earnings per share (pence)

2015

2014

29,997
115,377,541
623,962

28,179
115,351,493
399,418

116,001,503

115,750,911

25.86

24.34

99

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015Notes to the Accounts 
Continued

10  EARNINGS PER SHARE CONTINUED
The underlying EPS figure is calculated by using Profit attributable to equity holders before exceptional items:

Profit attributable to equity holders of the Company before exceptional items (£000)
Weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue

Underlying earnings per share (pence)

2015

2014

32,596
115,377,541

31,170
115,351,493

28.25

27.02

This measure has been included in the financial statements as it provides a closer guide to the underlying financial performance as the 
calculation excludes the effect of exceptional items.

11  DIVIDENDS

Paid first interim dividend
Paid second interim dividend 

2015
per share

2014
per share

3.11p
8.19p

11.30p

2.83p
–p

2.83p

2015
£000

3,596
9,455

13,051

2014
£000

3,304
–

3,304

The directors have proposed a final dividend in respect of the year ended 25 January 2015 of 9.01p per share, amounting to a dividend  
of £10,521,000. It will be paid on 5 June 2015 to all shareholders who are on the Register of Members on 8 May 2015.

The notice of Annual General Meeting for the year ended 26 January 2014 omitted the resolution seeking shareholder approval for the 
payment of a final dividend of 8.19p per ordinary share. Accordingly, the Board declared a second interim dividend for the year ended 
26 January 2014 in place of the proposed final dividend. The interim dividend did not require the approval of shareholders. The amount  
of this interim dividend was 8.19p per ordinary share. This dividend was paid on 6 June 2014 to all shareholders who were on the Register 
of Members on 9 May 2014.

100

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 201512 

INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Group

Cost
At 26 January 2013 and at 26 January 2014
Additions

At 25 January 2015

Amortisation and impairment losses
At 26 January 2013
Amortisation for the year

At 26 January 2014
Amortisation for the year

At 25 January 2015

Carrying amounts
At 25 January 2015

Notes to the Accounts 
Continued

Goodwill
£000

Brands
£000

Customer 
relationships
£000

Water  
rights
£000

Software
development
costs
£000

23,274
–

23,274

50,276
–

50,276

336
–

336
–

336

290
–

290
–

290

3,532
–

3,532

2,096
253

2,349
253

2,602

22,938

49,986

930

Total
£000

77,824
7,063

84,887

3,464
253

3,717
253

3,970

–
7,063

7,063

–
–

–
–

–

7,063

80,917

–

74,107

742
–

742

742
–

742
–

742

–

–

At 26 January 2014

22,938

49,986

1,183

The additions for the year to 25 January 2015 represent internally generated software development costs and third party consultancy 
costs incurred in relation to the Business Process Redesign project, which is currently under construction. During the year, the Group has 
capitalised £694,000 of internal resource as part of the project. This project introduces new Enterprise Resource Planning software which 
is being developed by third party consultants and A.G. BARR p.l.c. employees.

Customer relationships were intangible assets recognised on the acquisition of the Strathmore Water business and Groupe Rubicon 
Limited. The amortisation charge represents the spreading of the cost over the assets’ expected useful lives: the Strathmore customer 
relationships were fully amortised in the year to 28 January 2012 and the Rubicon asset has four years remaining. This period has been 
reviewed at the statement of financial position date and remains appropriate.

The amortisation costs for the year to 25 January 2015 have been included in the income statement as administration costs.

101

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 201512 

INTANGIBLE ASSETS CONTINUED

Company

Cost
At 26 January 2013 and at 26 January 2014
Additions

At 25 January 2015

Amortisation and impairment losses
At 26 January 2013 and 26 January 2014
Amortisation for the year

At 25 January 2015

Carrying amounts
At 25 January 2015

Notes to the Accounts 
Continued

Goodwill
£000

Brands
£000

Customer 
relationships
£000

Water  
rights
£000

Software
development
costs
£000

1,920
–

1,920

18
–

18

7,290
–

7,290

290
–

290

1,902

7,000

1,000
–

1,000

1,000
–

1,000

–

–

742
–

742

742
–

742

–

–

Total
£000

10,952
7,063

18,015

2,050
–

2,050

–
7,063

7,063

–
–

–

7,063

15,965

–

8,902

At 26 January 2014

1,902

7,000

All intangible assets noted above were recognised on the acquisition of the Strathmore Water business with the exception of the additions 
for the year to 25 January 2015 which represent internally generated software development costs and third party consultancy costs 
incurred in relation to the Business Process Redesign project.

At 25 January 2015, the Group and the Company had entered into contractual commitments for the acquisition of intangible assets 
amounting to £797,000 (2014: £nil).

Impairment tests for goodwill and brands
For impairment testing, goodwill and brands are allocated to the cash-generating unit (‘CGU’) representing the lowest level at which 
goodwill is monitored for internal management purposes.

The aggregate carrying amounts of goodwill allocated to each CGU are:

At 25 January 2015

Rubicon operating unit
Strathmore operating unit

Total

At 26 January 2014

Rubicon operating unit
Strathmore operating unit

Total

Goodwill
£000

21,036
1,902

22,938

Goodwill
£000

21,036
1,902

22,938

Brands
£000

42,986
7,000

49,986

Brands
£000

42,986
7,000

49,986

Customer 
relationships
£000

930
–

930

Customer 
relationships
£000

1,183
–

1,183

Total 
£000

64,952
8,902

73,854

Total 
£000

65,205
8,902

74,107

102

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015Notes to the Accounts 
Continued

The recoverable amount of a CGU is determined based on value in use calculations. These calculations use pre-tax cash flow projections 
based on financial budgets approved by management which cover a three year period. Cash flows beyond the three years are extrapolated 
using the growth rates and other key assumptions as stated below:

Key assumptions

2015

2014

Gross margin
%

Growth rate
%

Discount rate
%

Gross margin
%

Growth rate
%

Discount rate
%

Rubicon operating unit
Strathmore operating unit

34.43
29.40

2.25
2.25

10.50
10.50

31.20
26.40

2.25
2.25

8.40
8.40

The Rubicon operating unit can be further allocated across Carbonates and Still drinks when determining the CGU required for 
impairment testing. No impairment was identified through this allocation.

The budgeted gross margin is based on past performance and management’s expectation of market development. The weighted average 
growth rates used are consistent with the forecasts included in industry reports. The discount rates used are pre-tax.

The discount rate reflects management’s estimate of pre-tax cost of capital adjusted for the specific risks impacting on each operating 
unit. The estimated pre-tax cost of capital is a benchmark for the Group provided by an independent third party.

Advertising and promotional costs are included in the analysis, using latest annual budgets for the year to 30 January 2016 and projected 
costs thereafter.

Sensitivity analysis was carried out on the above calculations to review possible levels of impairment after adjusting discount rates. At a 
pre-tax rate of 12%, neither of the CGUs were impaired. Whilst cash flow projections used within the impairment reviews are subject to 
inherent uncertainty, changes within reason to the key assumptions applied in assessing the value in use calculation would not result in  
a change in the impairment conclusions reached.

103

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015Notes to the Accounts 
Continued

13  PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

Group

Cost or deemed cost
At 26 January 2013
Additions
Transfer from assets under construction
Disposals

At 26 January 2014

Additions
Transfer from assets under construction
Disposals

Land and buildings

Freehold
£000

Long leasehold
£000

Plant, equipment 
and vehicles
£000

Assets under 
construction
£000

Total
£000

37,926
2,823
14,376
–

55,125

354
93
(454)

538
–
–
–

538

–
–
–

70,175
4,185
1,042
(2,492)

10,046
6,312
(15,418)
–

118,685
13,320
–
(2,492)

72,910

940

129,513

3,458
2,337
(2,639)

8,225
(2,430)
–

12,037
–
(3,093)

At 25 January 2015

55,118

538

76,066

6,735

138,457

Depreciation
At 26 January 2013
Amount charged for year
Disposals

At 26 January 2014

Amount charged for year
Impairment
Disposals

At 25 January 2015

Net book value

As at 25 January 2015

As at 26 January 2014

3,561
535
–

4,096

590
1,062
(21)

516
4
–

520

2
–
–

45,113
5,906
(2,436)

48,583

6,147
421
(2,606)

5,727

522

52,545

–
–
–

–

–
–
–

–

49,190
6,445
(2,436)

53,199

6,739
1,483
(2,627)

58,794

49,391

51,029

16

18

23,521

6,735

79,663

24,327

940

76,314

Included within the additions for the year to 25 January 2015 for both the Group and the Company is £nil (2014: £85,000) of interest in 
respect of the £15,000,000 facility arranged and drawn down in the year for the building work at Milton Keynes.

104

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015Notes to the Accounts 
Continued

Company

Cost or deemed cost
At 26 January 2013
Additions
Transfer from assets under construction
Disposals

At 26 January 2014

Additions
Transfer from assets under construction
Transfer of assets from other Group companies
Disposals

Land and buildings

Freehold
£000

Long leasehold
£000

Plant, equipment 
and vehicles
£000

Assets under 
construction
£000

Total
£000

37,430
2,823
14,376
–

54,629

354
93
103
(454)

394
–
–
–

394

–
–
–
–

67,753
4,103
1,042
(1,983)

9,997
6,327
(15,418)
–

115,574
13,253
–
(1,983)

70,915

906

126,844

3,444
2,295
38
(2,227)

8,214
(2,388)
–
–

12,012
–
141
(2,681)

At 25 January 2015

54,725

394

74,465

6,732

136,316

Depreciation
At 26 January 2013
Amount charged for year
Disposals

At 26 January 2014

Amount charged for year
Impairment
Disposals

At 25 January 2015

Net book value

As at 25 January 2015

As at 26 January 2014

3,273
519
–

3,792

580
1,062
(21)

375
2
–

377

2
–
–

43,867
5,674
(1,962)

47,579

5,941
–
(2,203)

5,413

379

51,317

–
–
–

–

–
–
–

–

47,515
6,195
(1,962)

51,748

6,523
1,062
(2,224)

57,109

49,312

50,837

15

17

23,148

6,732

79,207

23,336

906

75,096

At 25 January 2015, the Group and the Company had entered into contractual commitments for the acquisition of property, plant and 
equipment amounting to £1,195,000 (2014: £1,451,675).

Freehold land and buildings includes the following amounts where the company is a lessee under a finance lease:

Cost-capitalised finance lease
Accumulated depreciation

Net book value

105

2015
£000

2014
£000

25,486
(2,627)

22,859

25,486
(2,349)

23,137

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015Notes to the Accounts 
Continued

14  PENSION PREPAYMENT
The Company established the A.G. BARR p.l.c. (2008) Scottish Limited Partnership (‘the Partnership’) in the year to 26 January 2014 and  
through the Partnership has entered into a long term pension funding arrangement with the A.G. BARR p.l.c. (2008) Pension and Life 
Assurance Scheme.

The Partnership is controlled by A.G. BARR p.l.c. and its results are consolidated by the Group. 

A ‘structured entity’ is an entity that has been designed so that voting or similar rights are not the dominant factor in deciding who controls 
the entity, such as when any voting rights relate only to administrative tasks and the relevant activities are directed by means of contractual 
arrangements. As outlined in Note 26 during the prior year, certain freehold properties were transferred to a limited partnership (a structured 
entity) established by the Group; the main purpose of which is to lease these properties to a group company and, as a result, to provide the 
Group’s pension scheme with a distribution of the profits of the partnership. 

The distribution is subject to discretion exercisable by the Group in certain circumstances however, given that the Group has the ability to 
control the limited partnership by making an additional contribution into the scheme, it is the view of the directors that the Group controls 
the Partnership and therefore it is treated as a consolidated entity.

The carrying value of the properties sold to the Partnership and leased back to the Company remain included on the Group’s balance 
sheet and continued to be depreciated in line with the Group’s accounting policies with the Group retaining full operational control over 
these properties. 

The Group has taken advantage of the exemption conferred by Regulation 7 of the Partnerships (Accounts) Regulations 2008 and has, 
therefore, not appended the accounts of this qualifying partnership to these financial statements. Separate accounts for the Partnership 
are not required to be, and have not been, filed at U.K. Companies House.

As part of the funding arrangement the Company made a one off payment to the Pension Scheme of £20,400,000 to allow it to invest in the 
Partnership and this is treated as a prepayment of pension contributions. Further information on the asset backed funding arrangement is 
included within Note 26. As the Partnership results are consolidated within the Group results no prepayment is recognised in the consolidated 
statement of financial position.

Non-current
Current

Prepayment of pension contributions

Company

2015
£000

18,750
1,157

19,907

2014 
£000

19,151
1,134

20,285

The element of the prepayment classified as current is included within the prepayments figure of £3,947,000 (2014: £3,590,000),
as set out in Note 19. 

15  DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
Group and company
Fair value hierarchy
IFRS 7 requires all financial instruments carried at fair value to be analysed under the following levels:
Level 1: quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities 
Level 2:  inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (i.e. as prices)  

or indirectly (i.e. derived from prices)

Level 3: inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data

The fair value of financial instruments that are not traded in an active market (for example, over-the-counter derivatives) is determined by 
using valuation techniques. These valuation techniques maximise the use of observable market data where it is available and rely as little 
as possible on entity specific estimates. The fair value of the forward foreign exchange contracts is determined using forward exchange 
rates at the date of the statement of financial position, with the resulting value discounted accordingly as relevant.

The following tables show the carrying amounts and fair values of financial assets and financial liabilities, including their levels in the  
fair value hierarchy. It does not include fair value information for financial assets and financial liabilities not measured at fair value if the 
carrying amount is a reasonable approximation of fair value.

106

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015Group
At 25 January 2015

Financial assets not measured at fair value
Foreign exchange contracts used for hedging
Trade receivables 
Cash and cash equivalents

Financial liabilities measured at fair value
Foreign exchange contracts used for hedging

Financial liabilities not measured at fair value
Unsecured bank borrowings
Trade payables

Group
At 26 January 2014

Financial assets not measured at fair value
Trade receivables 
Cash and cash equivalents

Financial liabilities measured at fair value
Foreign exchange contracts used for hedging

Financial liabilities not measured at fair value
Unsecured bank borrowings
Trade payables

Notes to the Accounts 
Continued

Carrying amount

Fair value

Fair value 
– hedging 
instruments
£000

Loans and 
receivables
£000

Other financial 
liabilities at 
amortised cost
£000

Total
£000

Level 2
£000

66
–
–

66

666

666

–
–

–

–
49,109
25,437

74,546

–

–

–
–

–

–
–
–

–

–

–

14,944
17,660

32,604

66
49,109
25,437

74,612

666

666

14,944
17,660

32,604

66
49,109
25,437

74,612

666

666

14,944
17,660

32,604

Carrying amount

Fair value

Fair value 
– hedging 
instruments
£000

Loans and 
receivables
£000

Other financial 
liabilities at 
amortised cost
£000

Total
£000

Level 2
£000

–
–

–

667

667

–
–

–

45,004
12,932

57,936

–

–

–
–

–

–
–

–

–

–

15,000
9,339

24,339

45,004
12,932

57,936

667

667

15,000
9,339

24,339

45,004
12,932

57,936

667

667

15,000
9,339

24,339

107

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015Notes to the Accounts 
Continued

15  DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS CONTINUED

Carrying amount

Fair value

Company
At 25 January 2015

Financial assets not measured at fair value
Foreign exchange contracts used for hedging
Trade and other receivables and amounts due from subsidiary 

companies

Cash and cash equivalents

Financial liabilities measured at fair value
Foreign exchange contracts used for hedging

Financial liabilities not measured at fair value
Unsecured bank borrowings
Finance lease liabilities
Trade payables and amounts due to other subsidiary companies

Fair value 
– hedging 
instruments
£000

Loans and 
receivables
£000

Other financial 
liabilities at 
amortised cost
£000

66

–
–

66

666

666

–
–
–

–

–

50,303
25,437

75,740

–

–

–
–
–

–

–

–
–

–

–

–

35,084
21,299
72,695

Total
£000

Level 2
£000

66

66

50,303
25,437

75,806

666

666

35,084
21,299
72,695

50,303
25,437

75,806

666

666

35,084
19,957
72,695

129,078

129,078

127,796

Company
At 26 January 2014

Financial assets not measured at fair value
Trade and other receivables and amounts due from subsidiary 

companies

Cash and cash equivalents

Financial liabilities measured at fair value
Foreign exchange contracts used for hedging

Financial liabilities not measured at fair value
Unsecured bank borrowings
Finance lease liabilities
Trade payables and amounts due to other subsidiary companies

Fair value 
– hedging 
instruments
£000

Carrying amount

Loans and 
receivables
£000

Other financial 
liabilities at 
amortised cost
£000

Fair value

Total
£000

Level 2
£000

–
–

–

667

667

–
–
–

–

46,198
12,930

59,128

–

–

–
–
–

–

–
–

–

–

–

15,000
21,600
53,822

90,422

46,198
12,930

59,128

667

667

15,000
21,600
53,822

90,422

46,198
12,930

59,128

667

667

15,000
20,191
53,822

89,013

Cash and cash equivalents held by the Group have an original maturity of three months or less. The carrying amount of these assets 
approximates to their fair value. 

The fair value of the current trade and other receivables and the current trade and other payables approximates to their book value as 
none of the balances are interest bearing.

For the current borrowings, the impact of discounting is not significant as the borrowings will be paid within 12 months of the year end 
date. The carrying amount approximates their fair value.

The fair value of the non-current borrowings is based on cash flows discounted using the current variable interest rate charged on the 
borrowings of 1.5% and a discount rate of 1.5% and are within level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

108

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015Notes to the Accounts 
Continued

16 

INVESTMENT IN SUBSIDIARIES

Opening investment in subsidiaries
Investment in year

Closing investment in subsidiaries

2015
£000

62,341
–

62,341

2014
£000

61,041
1,300

62,341

The investment made by the Company in the prior year was a capital contribution to the A.G. BARR Capital Partner Limited, a partner in 
the A.G. BARR Scottish Limited Partnership (see Note 14).

The carrying value of the investment represents the fair value of the consideration paid at the date the investments were acquired.
The principal subsidiary is as follows:

Principal subsidiary

Rubicon Drinks Limited

Principal activity

Country of 
incorporation

Country of 
principal 
operations

Manufacture and distribution of soft drinks

England

U.K.

A.G. BARR p.l.c. holds 100% of the equity and votes of the subsidiary. The subsidiary has the same year end as A.G. BARR p.l.c. and has 
been included in the Group consolidation. The company listed is the only one which materially affects the profit and assets of the Group. 
A full list of the subsidiaries will be annexed to the next annual return of A.G. BARR p.l.c. to be filed with the Registrar of Companies.

17  CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

Group

2015
£000

2014
£000

Company

2015
£000

2014
£000

Cash and cash equivalents 

25,437

12,932

25,437

12,930

Cash and cash equivalents include the following for the purposes of the cash flow statements:

Cash and cash equivalents 
Bank overdrafts (Note 20)

The credit quality of the holder of the Cash at bank is AA(-) rated (2014: AA(-) rated).

Group

2015
£000

25,437
(73)

25,364

2014
£000

12,932
–

12,932

Company

2015
£000

25,437
(73)

25,364

2014
£000

12,930
–

12,930

109

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015Notes to the Accounts 
Continued

18 

INVENTORIES

Returnable containers
Materials
Finished goods

19  TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES

Trade receivables
Less: provision for impairment of receivables

Trade receivables – net
Other receivables
Prepayments
Amounts due by subsidiary companies

Group

2015
£000

385
4,238
12,138

16,761

Group

2015
£000

50,075
(980)

49,095
14
2,790
–

51,899

2014
£000

414
4,679
10,953

16,046

2014
£000

45,248
(268)

44,980
24
2,471
–

47,475

Company

2015
£000

383
3,452
11,434

15,269

Company

2015
£000

50,075
(980)

49,095
14
3,947
1,194

54,250

2014
£000

367
2,915
10,643

13,925

2014
£000

45,248
(268)

44,980
24
3,590
1,194

49,788

The fair values of the trade and other receivables are taken to be their book values less any provision for impairment, as there are no 
interest bearing receivables. The amounts due from subsidiary companies are considered to be fully recoverable.

The Company is the only company in the Group with trade receivables from third parties. As a result, the following disclosure tables apply 
to both the Group and the Company.

1.7% (2014: 0.9%) of the trade receivables are overdue in excess of 30 days.

The maximum exposure for both the Group and the Company to credit risk for trade receivables at the reporting date by type of customer was:

Group and Company

Major customers
Direct to store customers

Total

2015
£000

46,494
3,581

50,075

2014
£000

41,231
4,017

45,248

The Group’s and Company’s most significant customer, a U.K. major customer, accounts for £5,720,000 of the trade receivables carrying 
amount at 25 January 2015 (26 January 2014: £2,999,000).

The ageing of the Group and Company’s trade receivables and their related impairment at the reporting date for the Group was:

Group and Company

Not past due
Past due 1 to 30 days
Past due 31 to 60 days
Past due 61+ days

Total

Gross
2015
£000

Impairment
2015
£000

Gross
2014
£000

Impairment
2014
£000

48,409
810
279
577

50,075

(230)
(93)
(80)
(577)

(980)

44,326
522
177
223

45,248

(137)
(9)
(47)
(75)

(268)

110

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015Notes to the Accounts 
Continued

The carrying amount of the Group and Company’s external trade and other receivables are denominated in the following currencies:

U.K. Sterling
US Dollars
Euro

Group

2015
£000

51,465
18
416

51,899

2014
£000

47,074
66
335

47,475

Movements in the Group and Company’s provisions for impairment of trade receivables were as follows:

Group and Company

At start of year
Net provision charged/(utilised) during the year

At end of year

Company

2015
£000

52,622
18
416

53,056

2015
£000

268
712

980

2014
£000

48,193
66
335

48,594

2014
£000

455
(187)

268

The provision allowance in respect of trade receivables is used to record impairment losses unless the Group and Company are satisfied 
that no recovery of the amount owing is possible. At that point, the amounts are considered irrecoverable and are written off against the 
trade receivable directly, with a corresponding charge being recorded in administration costs. Where trade receivables are past due,  
an assessment is made of individual customers and the outstanding balance. No provision is required in respect of amounts owed by 
subsidiary companies. 

The creation and release of the trade receivables provision has been included within administration costs in the income statement.

The other classes within trade and other receivables do not contain impaired assets.

20  BORROWINGS

Group and Company

Current
Bank borrowings
Finance lease liabilities

Non-current
Bank borrowings
Finance lease liabilities

Total borrowings

Group

2015
£000

73
–

15,000
–

15,073

2014
£000

–
–

15,000
–

15,000

Company

2015
£000

73
1,159

15,000
20,140

36,372

2014
£000

–
1,126

15,000
20,474

36,600

All of the Group’s borrowings are denominated in U.K. Sterling, with the exception of current bank borrowings which represents the 
closing overdraft on a Euro bank account.

During the year to 25 January 2015 the Group negotiated two £10,000,000 revolving credit facilities with two banks. A total bank 
arrangement fee of £80,000 was incurred in arranging the facilities and will be amortised over the life of the loans. The revolving credit 
facilities are due to expire in February 2017.

During the year to 26 January 2014 certain property assets were transferred into A.G. BARR Scottish Limited Partnership and are being 
leased back to the Company under a 21 year lease agreement. Further details are included within Note 26.

The amortisation charge is included in the finance costs line in the income statement.

111

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015Notes to the Accounts 
Continued

20  BORROWINGS CONTINUED

Current bank borrowings
Finance lease liability payable within one year

Current loans and other borrowings disclosed in the statement of  

financial position

Non-current bank borrowings
Unamortised arrangement fee
Finance lease liability payable after more than one year

Group

2015
£000

73
–

73

Group

2015
£000

15,000
(56)
–

2014
£000

–
–

–

2014
£000

15,000
–
–

Company

2015
£000

73
1,159

1,232

Company

2015
£000

2014
£000

–
1,126

1,126

2014
£000

15,000
(56)
20,140

15,000
–
20,474

Non-current loans and other borrowings disclosed in the statement of  

financial position

14,944

15,000

35,084

35,474

The movements in the Group borrowings are analysed as follows:

2015
£000

2014
£000

15,000
15,000
(15,000)
73

15,073

2015
£000

15,073
25,437

(10,364)

26,513
10,000
(20,000)
(1,513)

15,000

2014
£000

15,000
12,932

2,068

Total facility
£000

Drawn
£000

Undrawn
£000

20,000
15,000
5,000

40,000

15,000
–
73

15,073

5,000
15,000
4,927

24,927

Opening loan balance
Borrowings made
Repayments of borrowings
Bank overdrafts drawn/(repaid)

Closing loan balance

Reconciliation to net (funds)/debt:

Closing loan balance
Cash and cash equivalents (Note 17)

Net (funds)/debt

The undrawn facilities at 25 January 2015 are as follows:

Revolving credit facilities – three years, expires February 2017
Revolving credit facility for Milton Keynes, expires June 2015
Overdraft

112

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015Notes to the Accounts 
Continued

The undrawn facilities at 26 January 2014 were as follows:

Revolving credit facility – three years, expired March 2014
Revolving credit facility – one year, expired March 2014
Revolving credit facility for Milton Keynes
Overdraft

The maturity profile of the borrowings is as follows:

Less than one year
One to two years
Two to five years

The gross value of finance lease liabilities for the Company is as follows:

Gross finance lease liabilities – minimum lease payments
Less than one year
Two to five years
Later than five years

Future finance charges on finance lease liabilities

Present value of finance lease liabilities

The present value of finance lease liabilities for the Company is as follows:

Less than one year
Two to five years
Later than five years

Total facility
£000

Drawn
£000

Undrawn
£000

10,000
20,000
15,000
5,000

50,000

–
–
15,000
–

15,000

2015
£000

73
–
15,000

15,073

10,000
20,000
–
5,000

35,000

2014
£000

–
15,000
–

15,000

2015
£000

2014
£000

1,159
4,994
25,443

31,596
(10,297)

21,299

2015
£000

1,159
4,574
15,566

21,299

1,126
6,213
25,547

32,886
(11,286)

21,600

2014
£000

1,126
4,238
16,236

21,600

The Company leases certain property assets under a finance lease agreement. The lease term is 21 years and further details can be 
found within Note 26.

113

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015 
Notes to the Accounts 
Continued

21  TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES

Trade payables
Other taxes and social security costs
Accruals 
Amounts due to subsidiary companies

Group

2015
£000

17,660
4,333
29,126
–

51,119

2014
£000

9,399
3,846
27,719
–

Company

2015
£000

17,660
4,333
29,077
55,035

40,964

106,105

2014
£000

9,399
3,833
27,697
44,423

85,352

The tables below analyse the Group and Company’s financial liabilities into the relevant maturity groupings based on the remaining period 
to the contractual maturity date as at the statement of financial position date. The amounts disclosed are the contractual undiscounted 
cash flows.

Group
At 25 January 2015

0 to 6 months
7 to 12 months
1 to 2 years
2 to 5 years
5+ years

At 26 January 2014

0 to 6 months
7 to 12 months
1 to 2 years
2 to 5 years
5+ years

Borrowings
£000

Finance lease 
liabilities
£000

Trade 
payables
£000

Financial 
instruments
£000

94
94
188
15,094
–

15,470

–
–
–
–
–

–

17,660
–
–
–
–

17,660

419
181
–
–
–

600

Borrowings
£000

Finance lease 
liabilities
£000

Trade 
payables
£000

Financial 
instruments
£000

112
112
15,095
–
–

15,319

–
–
–
–
–

–

9,399
–
–
–
–

9,399

345
322
–
–
–

667

As trade payables are not interest bearing, their fair value is taken to be the book value.

Disclosures relating to borrowings are included in Note 20.

Company
At 25 January 2015

0 to 6 months
7 to 12 months
1 to 2 years
2 to 5 years
5+ years

Borrowings
£000

Finance lease 
liabilities
£000

Trade  

payables
£000

Financial 
instruments
£000

94
94
188
15,094
–

15,470

575
584
1,194
5,144
24,099

31,596

17,660
–
–
–
–

17,660

419
181
–
–
–

600

114

Total
£000

18,173
275
188
15,094
–

33,730

Total
£000

9,856
434
15,095
–
–

25,385

Total
£000

18,748
859
1,382
20,238
24,099

65,326

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015Notes to the Accounts 
Continued

Borrowings
£000

Finance lease 
liabilities
£000

Trade  

payables
£000

Financial 
instruments
£000

112
112
15,095
–
–

15,319

563
563
1,170
5,043
25,547

32,886

9,399
–
–
–
–

9,399

At 26 January 2014

0 to 6 months
7 to 12 months
1 to 2 years
2 to 5 years
5+ years

As trade payables are not interest bearing, their fair value is taken to be the book value.

Disclosures relating to borrowings are included in Note 20.

22  PROVISIONS 

Group and Company

Opening provision
Provision created during the year
Provision released during the year
Provision utilised during the year

Closing provision

Total
£000

10,419
997
16,265
5,043
25,547

58,271

2014
£000

–
601
(33)
(172)

396

345
322
–
–
–

667

2015
£000

396
946
(63)
(270)

1,009

The provision created during the year relates to redundancy costs associated with the closure of the Tredegar manufacturing site and the 
reorganisation of finance, telesales, distribution, demand and supply planning operations (Note 7).

During the prior year, provisions related to redundancy costs associated with the reorganisation of finance, telesales, demand and supply 
planning operations.

115

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015Notes to the Accounts 
Continued

23  DEFERRED TAX ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

Group

At 26 January 2013
Credit/(charge) to the income 

statement (Note 9)

(Charge)/credit to other 
comprehensive income

Credit to other reserves
Transfer between asset and  

liability categories

At 26 January 2014

(Charge)/credit to the income 

statement (Note 9)

Credit/(charge) to other 
comprehensive income

Credit to other reserves

At 25 January 2015

Company

At 26 January 2013
Credit/(charge) to the income 

statement 

(Charge)/credit to other 
comprehensive income

Credit to other reserves
Transfer between asset and  

liability categories

At 26 January 2014

(Charge)/credit to the income 

statement

Credit/(charge) to other 
comprehensive income

Credit to other reserves

At 25 January 2015

Retirement 
benefit 
obligations
£000

Share-
based 
payments
£000

Foreign 
exchange 
contract 
hedge
£000

Total 
deferred tax 
asset
£000

Retirement 
benefit 
obligations
£000

Foreign 
exchange 
contract 
hedge
£000

Accelerated 
tax 
depreciation
£000

Total 
deferred tax 
liability
£000

Net deferred 
tax liability
£000

782

584

(2,368)
–

1,002

680

(58)

–
57

–

–

679

–

–

–
–

133

133

1,462

526

(2,368)
57

1,135

812

(282)

(67)

–

(349)

2,934
–

2,652

–
133

745

(14)
–

119

2,920
133

3,516

–

–

–
–

(1,002)

(1,002)

–

–
–

(1,002)

(336)

(12,826)

(13,162)

(11,700)

–

1,638

1,638

2,164

469
–

(133)

–

–

–

–

–
–

–

469
–

(1,899)
57

(1,135)

–

(11,188)

(12,190)

(11,378)

62

–
–

62

–
–

(287)

2,920
133

(11,126)

(12,128)

(8,612)

Retirement 
benefit 
obligations
£000

Share-
based 
payments
£000

Foreign 
exchange 
contract 
hedge
£000

Total 
deferred tax 
asset
£000

Retirement 
benefit 
obligations
£000

Foreign 
exchange 
contract 
hedge
£000

Accelerated 
tax 
depreciation
£000

Total 
deferred tax 
liability
£000

Net deferred 
tax (liability)/
asset
£000

782

584

(2,368)
–

1,002

680

(58)

–
57

–

–

679

–

–

–
–

133

133

1,462

526

(2,368)
57

1,135

812

(282)

(67)

–

(349)

2,934
–

2,652

–
133

745

(14)
–

119

2,920
133

3,516

–

–

–
–

(1,002)

(1,002)

–

–
–

(1,002)

(336)

(2,547)

(2,883)

(1,421)

–

220

220

469
–

746

(1,899)
57

(1,135)

–

–
–

–

(2,327)

(3,329)

(2,517)

(93)

(93)

(442)

–
–

–
–

(2,420)

(3,422)

2,920
133

94

469
–

(133)

–

–

–
–

–

No deferred tax asset is recognised in the statement of financial position for unused capital losses of £2,382,000 (2014: £2,382,000).

A further deferred tax asset of £892,000 (2014: £892,000) has not been recognised in respect of acquired tax losses in Taut (U.K.) Limited, 
a subsidiary of the Company.

116

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015Notes to the Accounts 
Continued

24  LEASE COMMITMENTS
The total future minimum lease payments under non-cancellable operating leases are as follows for the Group and Company:

No later than one year
More than one year but not more than five years
Due beyond five years

Total lease commitments

2015
£000

2,576
9,291
4,715

2014
£000

2,936
8,911
4,599

16,582

16,446

25  FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT
Financial risk factors 
The Group’s activities expose it to a variety of financial risks: market risk (including foreign exchange risk, cash flow and fair value interest 
rate risk and price risk), credit risk and liquidity risk. The Group’s overall risk management programme focuses on the unpredictability  
of financial markets and seeks to minimise potential adverse effects on the Group’s financial performance. The Group uses derivative 
financial instruments to hedge certain risk exposures.

Risk management is carried out by the finance department in accordance with policies approved by the board of directors. The Group’s 
finance department identifies, evaluates and manages financial risks in close co-operation with the Group’s business units. The Board 
provides guidance on overall market risk management including use of derivative financial instruments and investment of excess liquidity. 

In addition, treasury matters are dealt with by the Treasury Committee. 

Market risk 
Foreign exchange risk 
The Group operates internationally. The Group primarily buys and sells in Sterling but does have some purchases and sales denominated 
in US Dollars and Euros. Due to the hedging arrangements that have been in place for the year ended 25 January 2015, if Sterling had 
weakened/strengthened by 10% against the US Dollar or Euro, with all other variables held constant, there would have been an immaterial 
effect on post-tax profit (year ended 26 January 2014: immaterial impact on post-tax profit). 

The Group periodically enters into forward option contracts to purchase foreign currencies for known purchases where the value and 
volume of trading purchases is known. The Treasury Committee assesses whether hedge accounting should be applied for each forward 
option contract. 

Price risk 
The Group is not exposed to equity securities price risk because no such investments are held by the Group other than within Pension 
Scheme assets. 

The Group purchases a wide range of commodities in the ordinary course of business. Exposure to changes in the market price of certain 
of these commodities, including sugar, plastic, aluminium and mango, is managed through the use of forward physical supply contracts, 
primarily to convert floating or indexed prices to fixed prices. The use of such contracts to hedge commodity exposures is governed by 
the Group’s risk management policies and is continually monitored by the Treasury Committee. Commodity derivatives also provide  
a way to meet customers’ pricing requirements whilst achieving a price structure consistent with the Group’s overall pricing strategy.

All of the Group’s commodity derivatives are treated as ‘own use’ contracts, which are outside the scope of IAS 39, since they are both 
entered into, and continue to be held, for the purposes of the Group’s ordinary operations, and are not net settled (the Group takes 
physical delivery of the commodity concerned). ‘Own use’ contracts do not require accounting entries until the commodity purchase 
actually crystallises.

The majority of the Group’s forward physical contracts and commodity derivatives have original maturities of less than one year. 

As all of the commodity contracts qualify for the ‘own use’ treatment, no sensitivity analysis has been carried out. 

Cash flow and fair value interest rate risk 
As the Group has no significant interest-bearing assets, the Group’s income and operating cash inflows are substantially independent  
of changes in market interest rates. 

117

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015 
Notes to the Accounts 
Continued

25  FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT CONTINUED
The Group’s interest rate risk arises from long term borrowings. Borrowings obtained at variable rates expose the Group to cash flow 
interest rate risk, which is partially offset by cash held at variable rates. 

For the year ended 25 January 2015, if interest rates on Sterling-denominated borrowings at that date had been 0.5% higher/lower with all 
other variables held constant, there would have been an immaterial change in the post-tax profit for the year (year ended 26 January 2014: 
immaterial impact).

Credit risk 
Credit risk is managed on a Group basis. Credit risk arises from cash and cash equivalents and deposits with banks and financial institutions, 
as well as credit exposures to major and direct to store customers, including outstanding receivables and committed transactions. 

For banks and financial institutions, only independently rated parties with a minimum rating of ‘A’ are accepted. If major customers  
are independently rated, these ratings are used. Otherwise, if there is no independent rating, risk control processes assess the credit 
quality of the customer, taking into account its financial position, past experience and other factors. Individual risk limits are set by the 
management committee based on internal or external ratings. The utilisation of credit limits is regularly monitored. Sales to direct to store 
customers are largely settled in cash in order to manage credit risk from smaller, independent stores. 

Liquidity risk 
Prudent liquidity risk management implies maintaining sufficient cash and marketable securities, the availability of funding through an 
adequate amount of committed credit facilities and the ability to close out market positions. Due to the dynamic nature of the underlying 
business, the Group maintains flexibility in funding by maintaining sufficient cash reserves and the availability of borrowing facilities. 

Management monitors rolling forecasts of the Group’s liquidity reserve (which comprises undrawn borrowing facilities and cash and  
cash equivalents) on the basis of expected cash flows. This is carried out at a Group level and involves projecting forward cash flows  
and considering the level of liquid assets necessary to meet excesses of expenditure relative to income. 

Capital risk management 
The Group defines ‘capital’ as being net debt plus equity. 

The Group’s objective when managing capital is to maintain an appropriate capital structure to balance the needs of the Group, whilst 
operating within its bank covenants. 

The Group manages its capital structure and makes adjustments to it in light of changes in economic conditions. To maintain or adjust  
the capital structure, the Group has a number of options available to it including modifying dividend payments to shareholders, returning 
capital to shareholders or issuing new shares. In this way, the Group balances returns to shareholders between long term growth and 
current returns whilst maintaining capital discipline in relation to investing activities and taking any necessary action on costs to respond 
to the current environment. 

The Group monitors existing equity in issuance on the basis of the net debt/EBITDA ratio. Net debt is calculated as being the net of cash 
and cash equivalents, interest-bearing loans and borrowings. The net debt position is discussed in the Financial Review on pages 22 to 25. 
The net debt/EBITDA ratio enables the Group to plan its capital requirements in the medium term. The Group uses this measure to provide 
useful information to financial institutions and investors. The Group believes that the current net debt/EBITDA ratio together with existing 
shares in issuance provides an efficient capital structure and an acceptable level of financial flexibility. 

For the year ended 25 January 2015, there was a net cash position (year ended 26 January 2014: net debt/EBITDA ratio was 0.05 times). 

The Group monitors capital efficiency on the basis of the return on capital employed ratio (‘ROCE’). In the financial year ended 25 January 
2015, ROCE increased to 24.0% from 22.4%.

26  RETIREMENT BENEFIT OBLIGATIONS
During the year the Company operated two pension schemes, the A.G. BARR p.l.c. (2005) Defined Contribution Scheme and the  
A.G. BARR p.l.c. (2008) Pension and Life Assurance Scheme. The latter is a funded defined benefit scheme based on final salary which 
also includes a defined contribution section for the pension provision of new executive entrants. Under the defined benefit scheme,  
the employees are entitled to retirement benefits based on final pensionable pay. No other post-retirement benefits are provided.

Defined benefit scheme: actuarial valuation
The assets of the schemes are held separately from those of the Company and are invested in managed funds. A full valuation of the 
defined benefit scheme was conducted as at 5 April 2014 using the attained age method. 

118

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015Notes to the Accounts 
Continued

A surplus of £12,200,000 was determined at the valuation date.

The defined benefit scheme exposes the Group to actuarial risks such as longevity risk, interest rate risk and market investment risk.

Responsibility for governance of the plans, including investment decisions and contribution schedules, lies jointly with the Company  
and the board of trustees. The board of trustees is composed of representatives from the company scheme members as set out in the 
plan’s rules.

Defined benefit scheme: IAS 19 information 
The full actuarial valuation carried out at 5 April 2014 was updated to 25 January 2015 by a qualified independent actuary.

The valuation used for the defined benefit schemes has been based on market conditions as at the Company year end.

The amounts recognised in the statement of financial position are as follows:

2015 
£000

2014 
£000

(131,005)
112,536

(18,469)

(97,278)
97,167

(111)

Fair value of 
plan assets 
£000

Present value 
of obligation 
£000

97,167

(97,278)

(1,417)
523
(4,112)

(5,006)

Total 
£000

(111)

(1,417)
523
44

(850)

(31,628)
–

(31,628)

(31,628)
11,858

(19,770)

–
(48)
2,917
38

2,907

2,262
–
–
–

2,262

112,536

(131,005)

(18,469)

–
–
4,156

4,156

–
11,858

11,858

2,262
48
(2,917)
(38)

(645)

Group and Company

Present value of funded obligations
Fair value of scheme assets

Deficit recognised in the statement of financial position

The movement in the defined benefit obligation over the year is as follows: 

Group and Company

At 26 January 2014

Current service cost
Curtailment gain
Interest income/(expense)

Total cost recognised in income statement

Remeasurements
– changes in financial assumptions
– actuarial return on assets excluding amounts recognised in net interest

Total remeasurements recognised in other comprehensive income

Cashflows
Employer contributions
Plan participants’ contributions
Benefits paid
Premiums paid

Total cash outflow

As at 25 January 2015

119

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015Notes to the Accounts 
Continued

26  RETIREMENT BENEFIT OBLIGATIONS CONTINUED
The movement in the defined benefit obligation in the year to 26 January 2014 was as follows:

Group and Company

At 26 January 2013

Current service cost
Interest income/(expense)

Total cost recognised in income statement

Remeasurements
– changes in financial assumptions
– actuarial return on assets excluding amounts recognised in net interest

Total remeasurements recognised in other comprehensive income

Cashflows
Employer contributions
Plan participants’ contributions
Benefits paid
Premiums paid

Total cash outflow

As at 26 January 2014

Fair value of
plan assets 
£000

Present value

of obligation  

£000

Total  
£000

86,894

(90,295)

(3,401)

–
4,190

4,190

–
7,271

7,271

1,603
57
(2,789)
(59)

(1,188)

(1,431)
(4,074)

(5,505)

(4,269)
–

(4,269)

–
(57)
2,789
59

2,791

(1,431)
116

(1,315)

(4,269)
7,271

3,002

1,603
–
–
–

1,603

97,167

(97,278)

(111)

Asset backed funding arrangement
During the year to 26 January 2014 the Company established the A.G. BARR Scottish Limited Partnership (‘the Partnership’) and through 
the Partnership has entered into a long term pension funding arrangement with the Pension Scheme.

Under this arrangement certain property assets were transferred into the Partnership and are being leased back to A.G. BARR p.l.c. under 
a 21 year lease agreement, generating an income stream of £1,125,000 per annum for the pension scheme, increasing annually in line with 
inflation.

The Partnership is controlled by A.G. BARR p.l.c. and its results are consolidated by the Group. The value of the properties transferred 
into the Partnership remains included on the Group’s balance sheet at carrying values at the date of transfer with the Group retaining full 
operational control over these properties. 

At the end of the term of the relevant lease, or earlier if the Scheme becomes fully funded to the extent that the members’ benefits  
can be secured with an insurance company, the Company has the option to repurchase the properties in the Partnership for an agreed 
fixed price.

Financial assumptions

Discount rate
Future salary increases
Inflation assumption

2015

2014

3.20%
4.20%
3.20%

4.30%
4.30%
3.30%

120

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015Notes to the Accounts 
Continued

Mortality assumptions

Average future life expectancy (in years) for a male pensioner aged 65
Average future life expectancy (in years) for a female pensioner aged 65
Average future life expectancy (in years) at age 65 for a male non-pensioner aged 45
Average future life expectancy (in years) at age 65 for a female non-pensioner aged 45

2015

2014

25
24
27
27

22
24
23
26

The mortality tables adopted in finalising the fair value of the liabilities are the 2013 VITA tables based on the member’s year of birth. This 
assumes that the expected age at death for males is 90 to 92 and for females is 89 to 92 depending on their age at 25 January 2015.

The fair value of scheme assets at the year end dates is analysed as follows:

Equities
Bonds 
Property
Cash

Total market value of scheme assets

2015 
£000

2014 
£000

2013 
£000

2012 
£000

2011 
£000

46,730
59,769
322
5,715

112,536

49,445
43,137
–
4,585

97,167

56,829
25,894
–
4,171

86,894

53,595
24,526
–
4,833

82,954

55,247
22,087
–
2,172

79,506

Sensitivity review
The sensitivity of the overall pension liability to changes in the weighted principle assumptions is:

Change in assumption

Year to 25 January 2015

Year to 26 January 2014

Impact on overall liabilities

Discount rate
Increase/decrease by 0.1% Decreases/increases liabilities by £2.6m
Rate of inflation Increase/decrease by 0.1% Increases/decreases liabilities by £1.7m
Increases/decreases liabilities by £3.9m
Life expectancy Increase/decrease by 1 year

Decreases/increases liabilities by £1.9m
Increases/decreases liabilities by £1.1m
Increases/decreases liabilities by £2.9m

Methods and assumptions used in preparing the sensitivity analyses
The sensitivities disclosed were calculated using approximate methods taking into account the duration of the Scheme’s liabilities.  
They have been calculated consistently with last period’s disclosures, however these change over time with financial conditions  
and assumptions.

Risks to which the Scheme exposes the Company 
The nature of the Scheme exposes the Company to the risk of paying unanticipated additional contributions to the Scheme in times  
of adverse experience. The most financially significant risks are likely to be:

– Asset volatility
The Scheme’s liabilities are calculated using a discount rate set with reference to corporate bond yields in line with the requirements of 
IAS 19R. If the Scheme assets underperform this yield, this will create a deficit. The plan holds investments in a portfolio of equity and 
bonds which are expected to outperform corporate bonds in the long term but provide volatility and risk in the short term. 

The Trustees have made a number of steps to control the level of investment risk within the Scheme over the last 12 months including 
continuing to reduce the overall exposure to equities and diversifying the growth asset mix. As disclosed above, the Group entered into  
an asset backed funding arrangement during the prior year, helping to manage the risk of asset returns through a secure income stream. 
The Trustees will continue to review the risk exposures in light of the longer term objectives of the Scheme.

121

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015Notes to the Accounts 
Continued

26  RETIREMENT BENEFIT OBLIGATIONS CONTINUED
– Changes in bond yields
A decrease in corporate bond yields will increase plan liabilities. In the event of a reduction in the corporate bond yields there will be an 
increase in the value of the Scheme’s bond holdings.

– Inflation risk 
The Group pension obligations are linked to inflation, and higher inflation will lead to higher liabilities. The majority of the Scheme’s assets 
are either unaffected by inflation (fixed interest bonds) or loosely correlated with inflation (equities), meaning that an increase in inflation 
will also increase the deficit.

– Life expectancy
The Scheme’s obligation is to provide benefits for the life of the members. An increase in life expectancy will result in an increase in the 
Scheme’s liabilities. 

Policy for recognising gains and losses
The Company recognises actuarial gains and losses immediately, through the remeasurement of the net defined benefit liability.

Asset-liability matching strategies used by the Scheme or the Company 
The Scheme does not currently use any specific asset-liability matching strategies. The Trustees’ current investment strategy, having 
consulted with the Company, is to invest circa 40% of the Scheme’s assets in a mix of equities and diversifying return seeking assets,  
with the balance in long dated gilts and corporate bonds, in order to strike a balance between:
 – maximising the returns on the Scheme’s assets; and
 – minimising the risks associated with the lower than expected returns on the Scheme’s assets.

Description of funding arrangements and funding policy that affect future contributions
The Schedule of Contributions dated 9 January 2015 sets out the current contributions payable by the Company to the Scheme. This was 
revised based on the actuarial valuation performed as at 5 April 2014 to allow for the rental income stream from the asset backed funding 
arrangement effectively being a commitment which will offset the requirement for future deficit contributions.

Expected contributions over the next accounting period
A.G. BARR p.l.c. expects to contribute approximately £1,200,000 to the A.G. BARR p.l.c. (2008) Pension and Life Assurance Scheme in 
the period ending 30 January 2016, and the Scheme expects to receive further contributions of approximately £1,200,000 from the asset 
backed funding arrangement in which the Scheme holds an interest. 

The weighted average duration of the defined benefit obligation is 22 years.

The expected maturity analysis of the undiscounted defined benefit pension benefit, estimated on the Scheme’s funding is as follows: 

Proportion of total pension benefits to be paid as at 5 April 2014
Proportion of total pension benefits to be paid as at 5 April 2013

Defined contribution scheme
The pension costs for the defined contribution schemes are as follows:

Defined contribution costs

Less  
than
one year

1%
1%

One to
two years

Two to
five years

Greater than
five years

1%
1%

3%
3%

95%
95%

2015 
£000

2014 
£000

2,729

2,066

122

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015Notes to the Accounts 
Continued

27  SHARE CAPITAL

Group and Company

Issued and fully paid

2015

2014

Shares

£

Shares

£

116,768,778

4,865,366

116,768,778

4,865,366

The Company has one class of ordinary shares which carry no right to fixed income. 

During the year to 25 January 2015 the Company’s employee benefit trusts purchased 383,790 (2014: 422,130) shares. The total amount 
paid to acquire the shares has been deducted from shareholders’ equity and is included within retained earnings. At 25 January 2015 the 
shares held by the Company’s employee benefit trusts represented 1,350,184 (2014: 1,312,318) shares at a purchased cost of £7,453,025 
(2014: £6,797,544).

28  SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS
As disclosed in the Directors’ Remuneration Report the Group runs a number of share award plans and share option plans:
 – Savings Related Share Option Scheme which is open to all employees;
 – LTIP and ESOS options which are granted to executive directors; and
 – AESOP awards that are available to all employees.

Savings Related Share Option Scheme (‘SAYE’)
All SAYEs outstanding at 26 January 2014 and 25 January 2015 have no performance criteria attached other than the requirement for the 
employee to remain in the employment of the Company and to continue contributing to the plan. Options granted under the SAYE must be 
exercised within six months of the relevant award vesting date.

The SAYE is open to all qualifying employees in employment at the date of inception of the scheme. Options are normally exercisable after 
five years from the date of grant. The price at which options are offered is not less than 80% of the average of the middle-market price of 
the five dealing days immediately preceding the date of invitation. 

The movements in the number of share options outstanding and their related weighted average exercise prices are as follows:

At start of the year
Granted in the year
Forfeited
Exercised

At end of the year

2015

2014

Average 
exercise price 
in pence per 
share

Average exercise 
price in pence 
per share

Options

306p
–p
254p
327p

305p

1,699,371
–
(100,120)
(11,390)

1,587,861

305p
–p
309p
167p

306p

Options

1,587,861
–
(19,420)
(149,511)

1,418,930

None of the options listed above were exercisable at the respective year end dates. The outstanding options at the year end had exercise 
prices of £2.54 and £3.58 (2014: £2.54 and £3.58).

The weighted average share price on the dates that options were exercised in the year to 25 January 2015 was £6.12.

The weighted average remaining contractual life of the outstanding share options at the year end is 2 years (2014: 2 years).

123

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015Notes to the Accounts 
Continued

28  SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS CONTINUED
LTIP
During the year, an award of shares was made to the executive directors as disclosed in the Directors’ Remuneration Report. 

The weighted average fair value of the share awards made during the period was determined using the Black-Scholes valuation model. 
The significant inputs to the model were as follows:

Date of grant

Number of share awards granted
Share price at date of grant
Contractual life in years
Dividend yield
Expected outcome of meeting performance criteria (at grant date)

Fair value determined at grant date

3 June 2014

167,987
627p
3
1.71%
50%

596p

ESOS
During the year, market value options were granted to the executive directors as disclosed in the Directors’ Remuneration Report. 

The weighted average fair value of the ESOS awards made during the period was determined using the Black-Scholes valuation model. 
The significant inputs to the model were as follows:

Date of grant

Number of share awards granted
Share price at date of grant
Option exercise price
Contractual life in years
Dividend yield
Expected outcome of meeting performance criteria (at grant date)

Fair value determined at grant date

3 June 2014

14,352
627p
627p
3
1.71%
50%

95p

AESOP
As described in the Directors’ Remuneration Report, there are two elements to the AESOP.

The partnership share element provides that for every three shares that a participant purchases in A.G. BARR p.l.c., up to a maximum 
contribution of £150 per month, the Company will purchase one matching share. The matching shares purchased are held in trust in the 
name of the individual. There are various rules as to the period of time that the shares must be held in trust but after five years, the shares 
can be released tax free to the participant. 

The second element of free shares allows participants to receive shares to the value of a common percentage of their earnings, related to 
the performance of the Group. The maximum value of the annual award is £3,000 rising to £3,600 with effect from 1 February 2015, and 
the shares awarded are held in trust for five years.  

29  RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
Transactions between the Company and its subsidiaries, which are related parties of the Company, have been eliminated on 
consolidation. Details of transactions between the Company and related parties are as follows:

Rubicon Drinks Limited
Findlays Limited

Sales of goods and services

Purchase of goods and services

2015 
£000

2014 
£000

2015 
£000

2014 
£000

40,095
–

37,268
–

52,349
128

52,692
148

The amounts disclosed in the table below are the amounts owed to and due from subsidiary companies that are trading subsidiaries.  
The difference between the total of these balances and the amounts disclosed as amounts due by (Note 19) and to subsidiary companies 
(Note 21) are balances due by and due to dormant subsidiary companies.

124

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015Notes to the Accounts 
Continued

Rubicon Drinks Limited
Findlays Limited

Amounts owed by related parties

Amounts due to related parties

2015 
£000

–
–

2014 
£000

–
–

2015 
£000

2014 
£000

51,074
2,962

40,948
2,476

Compensation of key management personnel
The remuneration of the executive directors and other members of key management (the management committee) during the year was  
as follows:

Salaries and short term benefits
Pension and other costs
Share-based payments

2015 
£000

3,356
347
19

3,722

2014 
£000

2,601
339
30

2,970

Retirement benefit plans
The Group’s retirement benefit plans are administered by an independent third party service provider. During the year the service  
provider charged the Group £503,756 (2014: £393,886) for administration services in respect of the retirement benefit plans. At the  
year end £nil (2014: £nil) was outstanding to the service provider on behalf of the retirement benefit plans.

30  GOING CONCERN
The directors are confident that it is appropriate for the going concern basis to be adopted in preparing the financial statements. The statement 
of financial position shows consolidated net assets of £156,537,000 (2014: £155,236,000) and the Company has sufficient reserves to continue 
making dividend payments. The Group’s net debt position has decreased from a deficit of £2,068,000 at 26 January 2014 to a surplus of 
£10,364,000 at 25 January 2015, and there is borrowing headroom of £49,927,000 at the year end. 

31  SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
On 2 February 2015, the Group acquired 100% of the share capital of Funkin Limited, a company which offers a broad range of premium 
cocktail solutions including fruit purees, cocktail mixers and syrups.

The cash consideration was £16,500,000 plus up to a further £4,500,000 subject to the achievement of certain financial performance 
targets. 

The acquisition was funded by an extension of A.G. BARR p.l.c. existing credit facilities.

No disclosure in respect of this acquisition is included in these financial statements as the fair value of the assets and liabilities being 
acquired has yet to be determined.

The full disclosure and accounting for the acquisition will be included in the financial statements for the year ending 30 January 2016.

125

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015Review of Trading Results

Revenue
Cost of sales

Gross profit

Other income

Distribution costs (including selling costs)
Administration costs

Operating expenses

2015 
£000

2014 
£000

2013 
£000

2012 
£000

2011 
£000

260,895
(137,582)

123,313

254,085
(137,929)

116,156

237,595
(129,591)

108,004

222,896
(117,825)

105,071

209,320
(109,298)

100,022

747

–

–

–

–

(51,872)
(30,055)

(81,927)

(50,232)
(27,443)

(77,675)

(47,398)
(25,660)

(73,058)

(46,070)
(25,288)

(71,358)

(42,803)
(24,743)

(67,546)

Operating profit before exceptional items

42,133

38,481

34,946

33,713

32,476

Exceptional items

Operating profit after exceptional items

Finance income
Finance expense

Net finance expense

Profit before tax
Tax on profit

Profit after tax

(3,286)

38,847

(3,801)

34,680

103
(322)

(219)

38,628
(8,631)

29,997

159
(545)

(386)

34,294
(6,115)

28,179

(3,158)

31,788

160
(356)

(196)

31,592
(6,205)

25,387

1,864

35,577

264
(1,096)

(832)

34,745
(7,271)

27,474

(1,156)

31,320

295
(1,678)

(1,383)

29,937
(7,851)

22,086

Earnings per share on issued share capital (pence)

25.69

24.13

21.74

23.53

18.91

Dividends recognised as an appropriation  

in the year (pence)

11.30

2.83

16.90

8.65

7.87

126

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015Notice of Annual General Meeting

THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION IS IMPORTANT AND REQUIRES YOUR IMMEDIATE ATTENTION. If you are in any doubt as to 
any matter referred to in this report or as to the action you should take, you should seek your own personal financial advice 
from: (i) a stockbroker, bank manager, solicitor, accountant or other independent professional adviser authorised under the 
Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 if you are resident in the United Kingdom; or (ii) another appropriately authorised 
independent financial adviser if you are not resident in the United Kingdom.

If you have sold or otherwise transferred all of your shares in A.G. BARR p.l.c., please pass this report, together with the 
accompanying documents, as soon as possible to the purchaser or transferee, or to the stockbroker, bank or other person  
who arranged the sale or transfer so they can pass these documents to the person who now holds the shares.

Notice is hereby given that the one hundred and eleventh annual general meeting of A.G. BARR p.l.c. (the ‘Company’) will be held at the 
offices of KPMG LLP, 191 West George Street, Glasgow G2 2LJ on Wednesday, 27 May 2015 at 9.30 a.m. to consider and, if thought fit, 
pass the resolutions set out below. Resolutions 1 to 14 (inclusive) will be proposed as ordinary resolutions and Resolutions 15 and 16 will 
be proposed as special resolutions.

1.  To receive and approve the audited accounts of the group and the Company for the year ended 25 January 2015 together with the 

directors’ and auditor’s reports thereon.

2.  To receive and approve the annual statement by the chairman of the remuneration committee and the directors’ remuneration report 
(other than the part containing the directors’ remuneration policy) as set out on page 54 and pages 55 to 66 of the Company’s annual 
report and accounts for the year ended 25 January 2015. 

3.  To declare a final dividend of 9.01 pence per ordinary share of 4 1/6 pence for the year ended 25 January 2015.

4.  To re-elect Mr John Ross Nicolson as a director of the Company.

5.  To re-elect Mr Roger Alexander White as a director of the Company.

6.  To re-elect Mr Jonathan David Kemp as a director of the Company.

7.  To re-elect Mr Andrew Lewis Memmott as a director of the Company.

8.  To re-elect Mr William Robin Graham Barr as a director of the Company.

9.  To re-elect Mr Martin Andrew Griffiths as a director of the Company.

10. To re-elect Ms Pamela Powell as a director of the Company.

11.  To elect Mr Stuart Lorimer as a director of the Company.

12. To elect Mr David James Ritchie as a director of the Company. 

13. To re-appoint KPMG LLP as the Company’s auditor, to hold office until the conclusion of the next general meeting at which accounts 

are laid, and to authorise the audit committee of the board of directors of the Company to fix their remuneration. 

14. THAT the board of directors of the Company (the ‘Board’) be and it is hereby generally and unconditionally authorised pursuant to and 
in accordance with section 551 of the Companies Act 2006 (the ‘2006 Act’) to exercise all the powers of the Company to allot shares 
in the capital of the Company and to grant rights to subscribe for or to convert any security into shares in the Company: 

(a)  up to an aggregate nominal amount of £1,621,788.50; and

(b) up to a further aggregate nominal amount of £1,621,788.50 provided that: (i) they are equity securities (within the meaning of section 
560 of the 2006 Act); and (ii) they are offered by way of a rights issue in favour of the holders of shares (excluding the Company in its 
capacity as a holder of treasury shares) on the register of members of the Company on a date fixed by the Board where the equity 
securities respectively attributable to the interests of such holders are proportionate (as nearly as practicable) to the respective 
numbers of shares held by them on that date subject to such exclusions or other arrangements as the Board deem necessary or 
expedient to deal with: (a) equity securities representing fractional entitlements; (b) treasury shares; or (c) legal or practical problems 
arising in any overseas territory, the requirements of any regulatory body or any stock exchange or any other matter whatsoever,

127

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015Notice of Annual General Meeting 
Continued

provided that this authority shall expire on the earlier of 31 July 2016 and the conclusion of the next annual general meeting of the 
Company after the passing of this resolution, save that the Company may before such expiry make an offer or enter into an agreement 
which would or might require shares to be allotted, or rights to subscribe for or to convert securities into shares to be granted, after such 
expiry and the Board may allot shares or grant such rights in pursuance of such an offer or agreement as if the authority conferred hereby 
had not expired.

15. THAT, subject to the passing of resolution 14 set out in the notice of the annual general meeting of the Company convened for  

27 May 2015 (‘Resolution 14’), the board of directors of the Company (the ‘Board’) be and is hereby generally empowered, pursuant  
to sections 570 and 573 of the Companies Act 2006 (the ‘2006 Act’), to allot equity securities (within the meaning of section 560 of  
the 2006 Act) (including the grant of rights to subscribe for, or to convert any securities into, ordinary shares of 4 1/6 pence each in  
the capital of the Company (‘Ordinary Shares’)), wholly for cash either pursuant to the authority conferred on them by Resolution 14  
or by way of a sale of treasury shares (within the meaning of section 560(3) of the 2006 Act) as if section 561(1) of the 2006 Act did  
not apply to any such allotment or sale, provided that this power shall be limited to:

(a)  the allotment of equity securities, for cash, in connection with a rights issue, open offer or other pre-emptive offer in favour of holders 
of Ordinary Shares (excluding the Company in its capacity as a holder of treasury shares) on the register of members of the Company 
on a date fixed by the Board where the equity securities respectively attributable to the interests of such holders are proportionate  
(as nearly as practicable) to the respective numbers of Ordinary Shares held by them on that date subject to such exclusions or other 
arrangements in connection with the rights issue, open offer or other offer as the Board deem necessary or expedient to deal with:  
(i) equity securities representing fractional entitlements; (ii) treasury shares; or (iii) legal or practical problems arising in any overseas 
territory, the requirements of any regulatory body or any stock exchange or any other matter whatsoever; and

(b) the allotment (otherwise than pursuant to sub-paragraph (a) above) of equity securities up to an aggregate nominal amount  

of £243,268,

provided that this authority shall expire on the earlier of 31 July 2016 and the conclusion of the next annual general meeting of the 
Company after the passing of this resolution, save that the Company may before such expiry make an offer or enter into an agreement 
which would or might require equity securities to be allotted after the expiry of this authority and the Board may allot equity securities 
pursuant to such an offer or agreement as if the authority conferred hereby had not expired.

16. THAT the Company be and is hereby generally and unconditionally authorised for the purposes of section 701 of the Companies Act 

2006 (the ‘2006 Act’) to make one or more market purchases (within the meaning of section 693(4) of the 2006 Act) of ordinary shares 
of 4 1/6 pence each in the capital of the Company (‘Ordinary Shares’), on such terms and in such manner that the directors think fit, 
provided that:

(a)  the maximum aggregate number of Ordinary Shares hereby authorised to be purchased shall be 11,676,877;

(b) the maximum price which may be paid for an Ordinary Share is an amount equal to the higher of: (i) 105% of the average of  

the middle market quotations for an Ordinary Share as derived from the London Stock Exchange Daily Official List for the five 
dealing days immediately preceding the day on which the Ordinary Share is purchased; and (ii) the higher of the price of the  
last independent trade and the highest current independent bid on the trading venue where the purchase is carried out; 

(c) the minimum price which may be paid for an Ordinary Share is an amount equal to its nominal value (in each case exclusive  

of associated expenses); 

(d) unless previously renewed, varied or revoked, the authority hereby conferred shall expire on the earlier of 31 July 2016 and the 
conclusion of the next annual general meeting of the Company after the passing of this resolution, but a contract to purchase 
Ordinary Shares may be made before such expiry which will or may be completed wholly or partly thereafter, and a purchase  
of Ordinary Shares may be made in pursuance of any such contract; and

(e) an Ordinary Share so purchased shall be cancelled or, if the directors so determine and subject to the provisions of applicable  

laws or regulations of the Financial Conduct Authority, held as a treasury share.

128

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015Notice of Annual General Meeting 
Continued

By order of the Board

Julie A. Barr
Company Secretary 

23 April 2015 

Registered Office
A.G. BARR p.l.c.
Westfield House
4 Mollins Road
Cumbernauld
G68 9HD 

Registered in Scotland SC005653

Shareholders should also read the notes to this Notice of Annual General Meeting which are set out on pages 130 to 134  
of this report. Those notes provide further information about shareholders’ entitlement to attend, speak and vote at the  
Annual General Meeting (or appoint another person to do so on their behalf).

129

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015Explanatory Notes

The following notes provide an explanation of the resolutions to be considered at the one hundred and eleventh annual general 
meeting (the ‘AGM’) of A.G. BARR p.l.c. (the ‘Company’).

Resolutions 1 to 14 (inclusive) will be proposed as ordinary resolutions. This means that for each of those resolutions to be passed, more 
than half of the votes cast must be in favour of the resolution. 

Resolutions 15 and 16 will be proposed as special resolutions. This means that for each of those resolutions to be passed, at least 
three-quarters of the votes cast must be in favour of the resolution.

Resolution 1 – Receive and approve the reports and accounts
Shareholders are being asked to receive and approve the audited accounts of the group and the Company (as audited by KPMG LLP)  
for the year ended 25 January 2015 together with the associated reports of the directors and auditor.

Resolution 2 – Directors’ remuneration
This Resolution invites shareholders to approve the annual statement by the chairman of the remuneration committee and the directors’ 
remuneration report (other than the part containing the directors’ remuneration policy which was approved last year and which it is expected 
will not be voted on until the 2017 AGM) for the year ended 25 January 2015. Resolution 2 is an advisory vote and will not affect the way in 
which the Company’s pay policy has been implemented. Each year, shareholders will be given an advisory vote on the implementation of  
the directors’ remuneration policy in relation to the payments and share awards made to directors during the year under review. 

Resolution 3 – Final dividend
Shareholders are being asked to approve a final dividend of 9.01 pence per ordinary share of 4 1/6 pence for the year ended 25 January 
2015. If shareholders approve the recommended final dividend, it will be paid on 5 June 2015 to all shareholders on the Company’s 
register of members on 8 May 2015.

Resolutions 4 to 12 inclusive – Re-election and election of directors
The Company’s articles of association require that all newly appointed directors retire at the first annual general meeting following their 
appointment. Consequently, Stuart Lorimer and David Ritchie will retire and offer themselves for election. 

The board of directors of the Company (the ‘Board’) complies with the provisions of the U.K. Corporate Governance Code whereby all 
directors are subject to annual re-election. Accordingly, all other directors of the Company are retiring and offering themselves for re-election. 

Biographical details of the directors are set out on page 39 of this report. The Board has confirmed that, following formal performance 
evaluation, all of the directors continue to perform effectively and demonstrate commitment to their roles. The Board therefore unanimously 
recommends the proposed re-election (or election in the case of Stuart Lorimer and David Ritchie) of the directors. 

Resolution 13 – re-appointment of auditor 
The Company is required to appoint an auditor at each general meeting at which accounts are presented to shareholders and KPMG LLP 
have indicated their willingness to continue in office. Accordingly, shareholders are being asked to re-appoint KPMG LLP as auditor of the 
Company to hold office until the conclusion of the next general meeting at which accounts are laid before the Company and to authorise 
the audit committee of the Board to fix their remuneration.

Resolution 14 – Authority to allot shares 
The directors may not allot shares in the Company unless authorised to do so by shareholders in general meeting. Sub-paragraph (a) of 
Resolution 14, if passed, will authorise the directors to allot shares having an aggregate nominal value of up to £1,621,788.50, representing 
approximately one third of the Company’s issued share capital as at 22 April 2015 (being the latest practicable date prior to the publication 
of this report). The directors have no present intention to exercise this authority.

In line with guidance issued by the Investment Management Association, sub-paragraph (b) of Resolution 14, if passed, will authorise the 
directors to allot additional shares in connection with a rights issue having an aggregate nominal value of up to £1,621,788.50, representing 
approximately one third of the Company’s issued share capital as at 22 April 2015 (being the latest practicable date prior to the publication 
of this report). The directors have no present intention to exercise the authority sought under sub-paragraph (b) of Resolution 14. However, 
if such authority is obtained, it will give the Company greater flexibility to allot additional shares for the purpose of a pre-emptive rights 
issue. This authority will be used when the directors consider it to be in the best interests of shareholders. 

The authorities sought under Resolution 14 will expire on the earlier of 31 July 2016 (being the latest date by which the Company must 
hold its annual general meeting in 2016) and the conclusion of the annual general meeting of the Company held in 2016.

130

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015Explanatory Notes 
Continued

Resolution 15 – Disapplication of statutory pre-emption rights
If the directors wish to allot new shares for cash, the Companies Act 2006 states that the shares must be offered first to existing shareholders 
in proportion to their existing shareholdings. For legal, regulatory and practical reasons, it might not be possible or desirable for shares allotted 
by means of a pre-emptive offer to be offered to certain shareholders, particularly those resident overseas. Furthermore, it might, in some 
circumstances, be in the Company’s interests for the directors to be able to allot some shares for cash without having to offer them first to 
existing shareholders. To enable this to be done, shareholders’ statutory pre-emption rights must be disapplied. Accordingly, Resolution 15,  
if passed, will empower the directors to allot a limited number of new equity securities without shareholders’ statutory pre-emption rights 
applying to such allotment. The authority conferred by Resolution 15 would also cover the sale of treasury shares for cash.

Sub-paragraph (a) of Resolution 15 would confer authority on the directors to make any arrangements which may be necessary to deal 
with any legal, regulatory or practical problems arising on a rights issue, an open offer or any other pre-emptive offer in favour of ordinary 
shareholders, for example, by excluding certain overseas shareholders from such issue or offer.

Sub-paragraph (b) of Resolution 15 would disapply shareholders’ statutory pre-emption rights by empowering the directors to allot equity 
securities for cash on a non pre-emptive basis but only new equity securities having a maximum aggregate nominal value of £243,268, 
representing approximately 5% of the Company’s issued share capital as at 22 April 2015 (being the latest practicable date prior to the 
publication of this report). 

The authority sought under Resolution 15 will expire on the earlier of 31 July 2016 (being the latest date by which the Company must hold 
an annual general meeting in 2016) and the conclusion of the annual general meeting of the Company held in 2016.

Resolution 16 – Purchase of own shares
The Companies Act 2006 permits a company to purchase its own shares provided the purchase has been authorised by shareholders  
in general meeting. 

Resolution 16, if passed, would give the Company the authority to purchase any of its own issued ordinary shares at a price of not less 
than an amount equal to the nominal value of an ordinary share and not more than the higher of: (i) 5% above the average of the middle 
market quotations of the Company’s ordinary shares as derived from the London Stock Exchange Daily Official List for the five dealing 
days before any purchase is made; and (ii) the higher of the last independent trade and the highest current independent bid on the  
London Stock Exchange plc. 

The authority will enable the purchase of up to a maximum of 11,676,877 ordinary shares, representing 10% of the Company’s issued 
ordinary share capital as at the date of the AGM, and will expire on the earlier of 31 July 2016 (being the latest date by which the Company 
must hold an annual general meeting in 2016) and the conclusion of the annual general meeting of the Company held in 2016.

The directors will only exercise this buy back authority after careful consideration, taking into account market conditions prevailing at the 
time, other investment opportunities, appropriate gearing levels and the overall position of the Company. Purchases would be financed 
out of distributable profits and shares purchased would either be cancelled (and the number of shares in issue reduced accordingly) or 
held as treasury shares. 

The Company operates two share option schemes under which awards may be satisfied by the allotment or transfer of ordinary shares  
to a scheme participant. However, in practice, the Company has always satisfied awards to participants by the transfer of ordinary shares 
from the trustee of each of the schemes. 

As at 1 April 2015 (being the latest practicable date prior to the publication of this report), options had been granted over 1,944,951 ordinary 
shares (the ‘Option Shares’) representing approximately 1.67% of the Company’s issued share capital at that date. If the authority to purchase 
the Company’s ordinary shares (as described in Resolution 16) were exercised in full, the Option Shares would have represented approximately 
1.85% of the Company’s issued share capital as at 1 April 2015. As at 1 April 2015, the Company did not hold any treasury shares. 

131

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015 
Explanatory Notes 
Continued

Notes
1. Attending the annual general meeting (the ‘AGM’) in person
If you wish to attend the AGM in person, you should arrive at the venue for the AGM in good time to allow your attendance to be 
registered. It is advisable to have some form of identification with you as you may be asked to provide evidence of your identity to  
the Company’s registrar, Equiniti Limited (the ‘Registrar’), prior to being admitted to the AGM.

2. Appointment of proxies
Members are entitled to appoint one or more proxies to exercise all or any of their rights to attend, speak and vote at the AGM. A proxy 
need not be a member of the Company but must attend the AGM to represent a member. To be validly appointed, a proxy must be 
appointed using the procedures set out in these notes and in the notes to the accompanying proxy form.

If a member wishes a proxy to speak on their behalf at the AGM, the member will need to appoint their own choice of proxy (not the Chairman 
of the AGM) and give their instructions directly to them. Such an appointment can be made using the proxy form accompanying this notice of 
AGM or through CREST.

Members can only appoint more than one proxy where each proxy is appointed to exercise rights attached to different shares. Members 
cannot appoint more than one proxy to exercise the rights attached to the same share(s). If a member wishes to appoint more than one 
proxy, they should contact the Registrar at Equiniti Limited, Aspect House, Spencer Road, Lancing BN99 6DA. 

A member may instruct their proxy to abstain from voting on a particular resolution to be considered at the AGM by marking the ‘Withheld’ 
option in relation to that particular resolution when appointing their proxy. It should be noted that an abstention is not a vote in law and will 
not be counted in the calculation of the proportion of votes ‘For’ or ‘Against’ the resolution.

The appointment of a proxy will not prevent a member from attending the AGM and voting in person if he or she wishes.

A person who is not a member of the Company but who has been nominated by a member to enjoy information rights does not have  
a right to appoint any proxies under the procedures set out in these notes and should read note 8 below.

3. Appointment of a proxy using a proxy form
A proxy form for use in connection with the AGM is enclosed. To be valid, any proxy form or other instrument appointing a proxy, together 
with any power of attorney or other authority under which it is signed or a certified copy thereof, must be received by post or (during 
normal business hours only) by hand by the Registrar at Equiniti Limited, Aspect House, Spencer Road, Lancing BN99 6DA at least  
48 hours before the time of the AGM or any adjournment of that meeting.

If you do not have a proxy form and believe that you should have one, or you require additional proxy forms, please contact the Registrar 
at Equiniti Limited, Aspect House, Spencer Road, Lancing BN99 6DA.

4. Appointment of a proxy through CREST
CREST members who wish to appoint a proxy or proxies through the CREST electronic proxy appointment service may do so by using 
the procedures described in the CREST Manual and by logging on to: www.euroclear.com. CREST personal members or other CREST 
sponsored members and those CREST members who have appointed (a) voting service provider(s) should refer to their CREST sponsor  
or voting service provider(s) who will be able to take the appropriate action on their behalf.

In order for a proxy appointment or instruction made using the CREST service to be valid, the appropriate CREST message (a ‘CREST 
Proxy Instruction’) must be properly authenticated in accordance with Euroclear UK & Ireland Limited’s specifications, and must contain 
the information required for such instruction, as described in the CREST Manual. The message, regardless of whether it constitutes  
the appointment of a proxy or is an amendment to the instruction given to a previously appointed proxy, must, in order to be valid, be 
transmitted so as to be received by the Registrar (ID RA19) no later than 48 hours before the time of the AGM or any adjournment of that 
meeting. For this purpose, the time of receipt will be taken to be the time (as determined by the timestamp applied to the message by  
the CREST Application Host) from which the Registrar is able to retrieve the message by enquiry to CREST in the manner prescribed  
by CREST. After this time any change of instructions to proxies appointed through CREST should be communicated to the appointee 
through other means.

CREST members and, where applicable, their CREST sponsors or voting service provider(s) should note that Euroclear UK & Ireland Limited 
does not make available special procedures in CREST for any particular message. Normal system timings and limitations will, therefore, 
apply in relation to the input of CREST Proxy Instructions. It is the responsibility of the CREST member concerned to take (or, if the CREST 
member is a CREST personal member, or sponsored member, or has appointed (a) voting service provider(s), to procure that his/her CREST 
sponsor or voting service provider(s) take(s)) such action as shall be necessary to ensure that a message is transmitted by means of the 
CREST system by any particular time. In this regard, CREST members and, where applicable, their CREST sponsors or voting system 
provider(s) are referred to those sections of the CREST Manual concerning practical limitations of the CREST system and timings.

132

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Explanatory Notes 
Continued

The Company may treat as invalid a CREST Proxy Instruction in the circumstances set out in Regulation 35(5)(a) of the Uncertificated 
Securities Regulations 2001.

5. Appointment of a proxy by joint holders
In the case of joint holders, where more than one of the joint holders purports to appoint one or more proxies, only the purported 
appointment submitted by the most senior holder will be accepted. Seniority is determined by the order in which the names of the  
joint holders appear in the Company’s register of members in respect of the joint holding (the first named being the most senior).

6. Corporate representatives
Any corporation which is a member can appoint one or more corporate representatives. Members can only appoint more than one 
corporate representative where each corporate representative is appointed to exercise rights attached to different shares. Members 
cannot appoint more than one corporate representative to exercise the rights attached to the same share(s).

7. Entitlement to attend and vote
To be entitled to attend and vote at the AGM (and for the purpose of determining the votes they may cast), members must be registered in 
the Company’s register of members at 6.00 p.m. on 25 May 2015 (or, if the AGM is adjourned, at 6.00 p.m. on the day two days prior to the 
adjourned meeting). Any changes to the Company’s register of members after the relevant deadline will be disregarded in determining the 
rights of any person to attend and vote at the AGM. 

8. Nominated persons
Any person to whom this notice is sent who is a person nominated under section 146 of the Companies Act 2006 (the ‘2006 Act’) to enjoy 
information rights (a ‘Nominated Person’) may, under an agreement between him/her and the member by whom he/she was nominated, 
have a right to be appointed (or to have someone else appointed) as a proxy for the AGM. If a Nominated Person has no such proxy 
appointment right or does not wish to exercise it, he/she may, under any such agreement, have a right to give instructions to the member 
as to the exercise of voting rights. 

9. Website giving information regarding the AGM
Information regarding the AGM, including information required by section 311A of the 2006 Act, and a copy of this notice of AGM is 
available from www.agbarr.co.uk. 

10. Audit concerns
Members should note that it is possible that, pursuant to requests made by members of the Company under section 527 of the 2006 Act,  
the Company may be required to publish on a website a statement setting out any matter relating to: (a) the audit of the Company’s accounts 
(including the auditor’s report and the conduct of the audit) that are to be laid before the AGM; or (b) any circumstance connected with an 
auditor of the Company ceasing to hold office since the previous meeting at which annual accounts and reports were laid in accordance  
with section 437 of the 2006 Act. The Company may not require the members requesting any such website publication to pay its expenses  
in complying with sections 527 or 528 of the 2006 Act. Where the Company is required to place a statement on a website under section 527 
of the 2006 Act, it must forward the statement to the Company’s auditor not later than the time when it makes the statement available on the 
website. The business which may be dealt with at the AGM includes any statement that the Company has been required under section 527  
of the 2006 Act to publish on a website.

11. Voting rights
As at 22 April 2015 (being the latest practicable date prior to the publication of this notice), the Company’s issued share capital consisted 
of 116,768,778 ordinary shares of 4 1/6 pence each, carrying one vote each. As at 22 April 2015, the Company did not hold any treasury 
shares. Therefore, the total voting rights in the Company as at 22 April 2015 were 116,768,778 votes.

12. Notification of shareholdings
Any person holding 3% or more of the total voting rights of the Company who appoints a person other than the Chairman of the AGM  
as his/her proxy will need to ensure that both he/she, and his/her proxy, comply with their respective disclosure obligations under the  
U.K. Disclosure Rules and Transparency Rules.

13. Further questions and communication
Under section 319A of the 2006 Act, the Company must cause to be answered any question relating to the business being dealt with  
at the AGM put by a member attending the meeting unless answering the question would interfere unduly with the preparation for the 
meeting or involve the disclosure of confidential information, or the answer has already been given on a website in the form of an answer 
to a question, or it is undesirable in the interests of the Company or the good order of the meeting that the question be answered.

Members who have any general queries about the AGM should contact the Company Secretarial Department by email to: 
companysecretarialdepartment@agbarr.co.uk. 

133

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015 
Explanatory Notes 
Continued

Members may not use any electronic address provided in this report or in any related documents (including the accompanying proxy 
form) to communicate with the Company for any purpose other than those expressly stated.

14. Documents available for inspection
The following documents will be available for inspection at the offices of KPMG LLP, 191 West George Street, Glasgow G2 2LJ from  
9.15 a.m. on the date of the AGM until the conclusion of the AGM:

14.1  copies of the service contracts of the Company’s executive directors; and
14.2   copies of the letters of appointment of the Company’s non-executive directors.

134

A.G. BARR p.l.c. Annual Report and Accounts 2015A.G. BARR p.l.c.
Westfield House 
4 Mollins Road 
Cumbernauld 
G68 9HD 
01236 852 400 
www.agbarr.co.uk

Registered Office
Westfield House 
4 Mollins Road 
Cumbernauld 
G68 9HD

Secretary
Julie A. Barr, M.A. (Hons.), 
L.L.B. (Dip.), M.B.A.

Auditors
KPMG Audit Plc 
191 West George Street 
Glasgow 
G2 2LJ

Registrars
Equiniti Ltd 
Aspect House 
Spencer Road 
Lancing 
West Sussex 
BN99 6DA

Registered Number
SC005653

www.agbarr.co.uk

A

.

G

.

B

A

R

R

P.

L

.

C

.

A

N

N

U

A

L

R

E

P

O

R

T

A

N

D

A

C

C

O

U

N

T

S

J

A

N

U

A

R

Y

2

0

1

5